{"title":"Microneedling","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMicroneedling is a popular skin treatment in which very thin needles create small, controlled microchannels in the skin.\u003c\/strong\u003e The process activates the skin’s natural repair response and is used, among other things, in routines focused on skin texture, fine lines, scars, and a more even skin tone. At drpen.io you will find microneedling pens, dermarollers, dermastamps, and accessories for both home use and professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhich microneedling tool is best suited depends on how you want to treat the skin, which areas you want to focus on, and how much control you want over, for example, speed and needle depth. Here you can compare different types of microneedling and find an option that suits your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is microneedling?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling involves fine needles being inserted into the skin in a controlled manner. The small microchannels that are formed trigger a natural repair process in which, among other things, new collagen production can be stimulated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe treatment is used in cosmetic skincare and can be performed with several types of tools. Automatic microneedling pens move the needles vertically at high speed, while a dermaroller is rolled over the skin and a dermastamp is stamped onto a more defined area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are completely new to this area, we recommend our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/microneedling-facts-benefits-and-results\/microneedling-home-step-by-step-complete-guide-for-safer-and-better-results\"\u003estep-by-step guide to microneedling at home\u003c\/a\u003e before you begin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat is microneedling used for?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling is primarily used when you want to work on the skin’s texture and appearance. The result varies from person to person and is affected by, among other things, skin type, treatment area, needle depth, treatment interval, and how the skin is cared for between treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSkin texture and radiance:\u003c\/strong\u003e microneedling can contribute to a more even and smoother skin texture over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFine lines:\u003c\/strong\u003e stimulation of the skin’s repair process is often used in anti-age-focused treatments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAcne scars and other scars:\u003c\/strong\u003e microneedling is used professionally to make certain types of scars less noticeable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUneven skin tone:\u003c\/strong\u003e the treatment can be included in skincare routines focused on a more even skin tone and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePores:\u003c\/strong\u003e improved skin texture can make pores appear less noticeable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStretch marks:\u003c\/strong\u003e microneedling is also used on the body and can be used in treatments focused on stretch marks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, microneedling is not the right treatment for all skin conditions. If you are unsure, have a skin disease, or have more pronounced skin problems, you should consult qualified healthcare personnel or a skin specialist before treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich type of microneedling should I choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are several ways to perform microneedling. The differences mainly lie in how the needles work, how large an area is treated, and how much control the user has over the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDr. Pen – microneedling pens with adjustable needle depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dr-pen\"\u003eDr. Pen\u003c\/a\u003e is a range of electric microneedling pens in which the needles work vertically at high speed. On several models, both speed and needle depth can be adjusted, making it possible to customize the treatment according to the area and application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are both simpler models and more feature-rich options with a digital display, charging station, or other functions. Dr. Pen is suitable for those who want greater control over the treatment than with a manual tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHydra Pen – microneedling with integrated liquid reservoir\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/hydra-pen\"\u003eHydra Pen\u003c\/a\u003e combines microneedling with a cartridge that has an integrated reservoir for liquid. The product is distributed at the same time as the needles are working, which distinguishes Hydra Pen from traditional microneedling pens where the skincare product is applied separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is important to use a product that is explicitly suitable for that type of treatment. Regular cosmetic serums should not automatically be regarded as sterile or suitable for use through the microchannels created in the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBio Pen – microneedling with additional functions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor those looking for a more multifunctional device, there is \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bio-pen\"\u003eBio Pen\u003c\/a\u003e. Models in the series can combine microneedling with additional functions such as LED and EMS depending on which device you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio Pen is therefore particularly suitable for those who want several skincare functions gathered in the same device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDermaroller – simple manual microneedling tool\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermaroller\"\u003edermaroller\u003c\/a\u003e consists of a small needle-equipped roller that is moved over the skin. It is a manual alternative to electric microneedling pens and requires no charging or electronic settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDermarollers may suit you if you are looking for a simple tool and prefer manual treatment. Technique, pressure, needle length, and hygiene are important factors even when using a dermaroller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDermastamp – for smaller and more defined areas\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dermastamp\"\u003edermastamp\u003c\/a\u003e works by having the needles stamped vertically against the skin instead of being rolled. This makes it easier to place the tool on a specific area and may be suitable when you want to work more precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDermastamp and dermaroller are based on the same basic principle as other microneedling but differ clearly when it comes to application and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePopular microneedling pens at drpen.io\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are many models to choose from, and the best pen is not necessarily the one with the most functions. Instead, start from how you plan to use it and which features are most important to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDr. Pen M8S\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-m8s\"\u003eDr. Pen M8S\u003c\/a\u003e is a versatile microneedling pen with a digital display, multiple speed levels, and adjustable needle depth. The model is suitable for those who want to combine ease of use with good control over the settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDr. Pen A11\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-a11\"\u003eDr. Pen A11\u003c\/a\u003e is a more exclusive option with digital control, six speed levels, and adjustable needle depth. It is suitable for both experienced home users and professional users who want a modern and flexible microneedling pen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDr. Pen H6\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-h6\"\u003eDr. Pen H6\u003c\/a\u003e differs from traditional microneedling pens through its integrated liquid reservoir and built-in red and blue LED lighting. It is suitable for those specifically looking for a model where several functions are combined in the same device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want to compare more models, you can read our guide on \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/microneedling-facts-benefits-and-results\/how-to-choose-the-right-microneedling-pen\"\u003ehow to choose the right microneedling pen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow do you choose the right microneedling pen?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen comparing microneedling pens, there are above all a few factors that are worth looking at:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeedle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e the ability to adjust how deeply the needles work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed levels:\u003c\/strong\u003e multiple speeds provide greater ability to customize the treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorded or cordless:\u003c\/strong\u003e some models can be used wirelessly while others can be used with a power cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeedle cartridges:\u003c\/strong\u003e check which types of cartridges are available for the model in question.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtra functions:\u003c\/strong\u003e some models have, for example, a digital display, LED, EMS, or an integrated liquid reservoir.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many people, a user-friendly model with adjustable needle depth and multiple speeds is entirely sufficient. More advanced functions are mainly relevant if you actually plan to use them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich needles should be used for microneedling?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling pens can use cartridges with different numbers of needles. Which cartridge is suitable depends, among other things, on the model, the area to be treated, and the type of treatment you want to perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCartridges with fewer needles are often used when you want to work more concentratedly, while cartridges with more needles may be suitable for larger treatment areas. Nano cartridges work much more superficially and should not be equated with regular microneedling needles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifferent Dr. Pen models also use different cartridge mounts. Therefore, always check compatibility before purchase. In our guide on \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/microneedling-facts-benefits-and-results\/which-needles-should-be-used-with-dr-pen\"\u003ewhich needles to use with Dr. Pen\u003c\/a\u003e you can read more about the differences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat needle depth should be used?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeedle depth is one of the most important settings in microneedling. Greater depth does not automatically mean a better result. Deeper treatment also means greater impact on the skin and higher requirements for knowledge, hygiene, and aftercare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhich depth is appropriate depends, among other things, on the treatment area, the skin’s sensitivity, and the purpose of the treatment. If you are unsure, you should start cautiously and follow the instructions for the product you are using.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a more detailed review, you can read our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/microneedling-facts-benefits-and-results\/microneedling-needle-depth-complete-guide-0-25-2-0-mm\"\u003eguide to needle depth in microneedling\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow often should microneedling be done?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow often treatment should be performed depends primarily on needle depth and how intensely the skin has been treated. More superficial treatments normally require shorter recovery than deeper microneedling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skin should always be fully recovered before the next treatment is performed. Redness, irritation, or tenderness are signs that the skin needs more time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is therefore better to let the skin’s recovery guide you than to treat according to an overly strict schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen can you expect results?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling does not produce an immediate final result. Some people feel that the skin looks fresher after the initial redness has subsided, while changes linked to the skin’s repair and collagen process develop gradually over a longer period of time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow noticeable the result is varies from person to person and depends, among other things, on the skin’s starting condition, treatment depth, number of treatments, and which area is treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTherefore, have realistic expectations and do not evaluate the result solely a few days after the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIs microneedling safe?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling means that the skin barrier is affected and therefore requires careful hygiene and correct technique. Temporary redness, a feeling of warmth, tightness, and slight swelling may occur after treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe risk of irritation, infection, pigmentation changes, or other skin reactions increases if the treatment is performed too aggressively, with poor hygiene, or on skin that should not be treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome basic things to keep in mind are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a new sterile disposable cartridge for each microneedling pen treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the skin and hands thoroughly before the treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever share needle cartridges with anyone else.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not treat open wounds or infected and severely inflamed skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not increase the needle depth solely for the purpose of achieving faster results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways follow the instructions for the specific product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are also situations where the treatment should be avoided or first discussed with a healthcare professional. Feel free to read our guide on \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/microneedling-facts-benefits-and-results\/when-should-one-not-do-microneedling\"\u003ewhen you should not do microneedling\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat should you keep in mind after microneedling?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter treatment, the skin is temporarily more sensitive and the skincare routine therefore needs to be kept simple. Avoid immediately returning to strong active products or other treatments that may irritate the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect the skin from strong sun and avoid activities that cause a lot of heat, sweat, or irritation while the skin is recovering. How long the recovery lasts is affected, among other things, by the needle depth and the intensity of the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular cosmetic serums and creams are not automatically suitable immediately after microneedling. Follow the aftercare instructions for the treatment and choose products that are suitable for the sensitive recovery period.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a more complete review, you can read our guide on \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/microneedling-facts-benefits-and-results\/what-should-one-not-do-after-microneedling\"\u003ewhat to avoid after microneedling\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions about microneedling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is microneedling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling is a treatment in which fine needles create small controlled microchannels in the skin. This activates the skin's natural repair process and can stimulate new collagen production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can microneedling be used for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling is used, among other things, in treatments focusing on skin texture, fine lines, certain types of scars, uneven skin tone, and stretch marks. Results vary depending on the skin and the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich microneedling pen should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice depends on which features you need. Look at, among other things, adjustable needle depth, speed levels, compatible cartridges, and whether you want features such as LED, EMS, or an integrated liquid reservoir.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you do microneedling at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling can be performed at home with products intended for home use, but the treatment requires careful hygiene, proper technique, and cautious settings. More advanced or deeper treatments should be left to trained practitioners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should you do microneedling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe treatment interval depends, among other things, on needle depth and how the skin reacts. The skin should be fully recovered before the next treatment is carried out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould the needle cartridge be reused?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Needle cartridges for microneedling pens are intended for single use, and a new sterile cartridge should be used for each treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan any serum be used for microneedling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. A regular cosmetic serum is not automatically sterile or suitable for use during microneedling. Use only products that are suitable for the intended area of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should be avoided after microneedling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the treatment, the skin should be protected from unnecessary irritation. Strong active skincare products, intense heat, heavy sweating, and strong sun exposure should be avoided while the skin is recovering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuy microneedling products at drpen.io\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAt drpen.io you will find microneedling products for different experience levels and treatment methods.\u003c\/strong\u003e Explore Dr. Pen, Hydra Pen, Bio Pen, dermarollers, and dermastamps, and choose the tool that best suits your needs. Always complement with compatible needle cartridges and follow the instructions for the product you use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is microneedling?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Microneedling is a treatment in which fine needles create small controlled microchannels in the skin. This activates the skin's natural repair process and can stimulate new collagen production.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What can microneedling be used for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Microneedling is used, among other things, in treatments focusing on skin texture, fine lines, certain types of scars, uneven skin tone, and stretch marks. Results vary depending on the skin and the treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which microneedling pen should I choose?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The choice depends on which features you need. Look at, among other things, adjustable needle depth, speed levels, compatible cartridges, and whether you want features such as LED, EMS, or an integrated liquid reservoir.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can you do microneedling at home?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Microneedling can be performed at home with products intended for home use, but the treatment requires careful hygiene, proper technique, and cautious settings. More advanced or deeper treatments should be left to trained practitioners.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often should you do microneedling?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The treatment interval depends, among other things, on needle depth and how the skin reacts. The skin should be fully recovered before the next treatment is carried out.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Should the needle cartridge be reused?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Needle cartridges for microneedling pens are intended for single use, and a new sterile cartridge should be used for each treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can any serum be used for microneedling?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. A regular cosmetic serum is not automatically sterile or suitable for use during microneedling. Use only products that are suitable for the intended area of use.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should be avoided after microneedling?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"After the treatment, the skin should be protected from unnecessary irritation. Strong active skincare products, intense heat, heavy sweating, and strong sun exposure should be avoided while the skin is recovering.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"dr-pen-a11","title":"Dr. Pen A11","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A11 is an advanced microneedling pen designed to deliver professional results.\u003c\/strong\u003e It improves the skin's elasticity, treats scars, and contributes to skin rejuvenation. With a powerful motor, adjustable needle depth, and long battery life, it is perfect for both professional clinics and home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 16,000 rpm with six speed levels for optimal precision and full control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily adjust the needle depth from 0–2.5 mm for different skin areas and treatment needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWireless use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in 700 mAh battery provides several hours of cordless operation for maximum flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSterile disposable needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensures the highest hygiene standard and eliminates the risk of contamination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClinically proven results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Promotes a more even skin tone, reduces the visibility of pores and acne scars, and improves the skin's firmness and elasticity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncreased serum absorption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Micropuncturing stimulates collagen production and optimizes the skin's absorption of active ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-friendly design:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a clear LED display, it is simple and intuitive to use, perfect for both clinic and home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cleanse the face thoroughly. Apply numbing cream if needed for extra comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a new, sterile needle cartridge. Adapt the needle depth to the treatment area – approximately 0.25 mm for the sensitive skin around the eyes and 0.5–1.0 mm for the rest of the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreat in sections:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold the pen vertically against the skin and work systematically over each area with even, circular motions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare for the skin afterward:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish by applying a soothing serum. Avoid makeup, direct sunlight, and intense physical activity for the next 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For best results and optimal collagen stimulation, repeat the treatment every 4–6 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A11 is suitable for all skin types. It improves skin texture, evens out skin tone, and increases the skin's firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines and wrinkles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone and skin texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnlarged pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, eczema, or skin inflammation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen A11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 18-pin needle heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Dr. Pen A11\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen A11 CE-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE-marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen A11?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually every 4–6 weeks, to allow the skin time to recover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes treatment with Dr. Pen A11 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe treatment may cause a mildly prickling sensation, but numbing cream is available if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen A11 after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the needle head, clean the surface with alcohol, and store it in a dry, clean, and safe place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen A11 on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling can stimulate hair growth, provided that both the correct needle depth and a suitable serum are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor single use only. Replace it after each treatment to ensure sterility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen A11?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring the first 24 hours, you should avoid makeup, sun exposure, saunas, and intense exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake your microneedling to the next level with Dr. Pen A11\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A11 is the obvious choice for those who want to achieve professional results at home. Explore our range of models and accessories from Dr. Pen to take your skincare routine to the next level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen A11 CE-marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE-marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen A11?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Usually every 4–6 weeks, to allow the skin time to recover.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does treatment with Dr. Pen A11 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The treatment may cause a mildly prickling sensation, but numbing cream is available if needed.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen A11 after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Remove the needle head, clean the surface with alcohol, and store it in a dry, clean, and safe place.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen A11 on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Microneedling can stimulate hair growth, provided that both the correct needle depth and a suitable serum are used.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For single use only. Replace it after each treatment to ensure sterility.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen A11?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"During the first 24 hours, you should avoid makeup, sun exposure, saunas, and intense exercise.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/H3_DmqAo9RE?si=4kiUS4ia4BKC5noV\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53285037474121,"sku":"DRP-A11","price":2239.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/DrpenA11_9b1504fc-fd63-475e-b0df-d604aac7cc1d.png?v=1762699988"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-h6","title":"Dr. Pen H6","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen H6 is a next-generation microneedling pen that combines effective skin rejuvenation with intensive hydration.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pen’s unique design features an integrated serum reservoir that applies active ingredients directly to the skin while the microneedles stimulate collagen production. The result is smoother, firmer, and more radiant skin. The pen is suitable for both professional use and home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful motor with six speed settings\u003c\/strong\u003e for precise control and effective skin treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth (0–2.0 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e that enables both superficial and deep skin stimulation, tailored to your needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated serum reservoir (3 ml)\u003c\/strong\u003e for smooth and simultaneous serum application during treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in red and blue LED light therapy (630 nm\/470 nm)\u003c\/strong\u003e that complements the treatment with two different light modes. The red LED light supports skin recovery and collagen production, while the blue LED light helps soothe the skin and reduce redness and irritation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSterile disposable needles\u003c\/strong\u003e for maximum hygiene and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved absorption of active ingredients\u003c\/strong\u003e and effective stimulation of the skin’s natural renewal process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for all skin types\u003c\/strong\u003e, including sensitive skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen H6 stands out through its precision and powerful performance, making it ideal for achieving professional results at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cleanse the skin thoroughly before treatment. Then install a new, sterile needle cartridge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeedle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the needle depth based on the area to be treated. Use 0.25 mm for the eye area and 0.5–1.0 mm for the face and neck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerum:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill the serum reservoir with an active, sterile serum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the pen over the skin using even strokes. Work first vertically, then horizontally, and finally diagonally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreatment frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e For microneedling, it is recommended to repeat the treatment every 4–6 weeks. For nanoneedling, the treatment should be performed every other week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish by applying a soothing serum. During the first 24 hours after treatment, avoid makeup, saunas, and direct sun exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith Dr. Pen H6, you can effectively improve your skin’s texture, firmness, and radiance. The treatment is specifically designed to effectively address issues such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines and wrinkles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnlarged pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry skin and reduced elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note that the treatment is not recommended for active acne, eczema, or ongoing skin inflammation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen H6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 18-pin needle heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × Assembly wrenches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Hydra Pen H6\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen H6 CE-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Dr. Pen H6 is CE-marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen H6?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn interval of 4–6 weeks is recommended for microneedling. However, for more superficial treatments, shorter intervals may be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes treatment with Dr. Pen H6 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost people only feel mild discomfort. If needed, numbing cream can be applied to extra sensitive areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen H6 after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove and discard the needle head. Clean the pen tip with alcohol and then let it air dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen H6 on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided that an appropriate needle depth and sterile technique are used. We recommend consulting a skin therapist for guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe needle heads are disposable products and must be replaced after each treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen H6?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring the first 24 hours, you should avoid makeup, strong sunlight, sauna bathing, and intense exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen H6 suitable for sensitive skin?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the right serum and a superficial needle depth, the treatment is safe even for those with sensitive skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCreate professional results with Dr. Pen H6\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen H6 is a CE-marked microneedling pen that combines advanced technology with ease of use. Thanks to its innovative serum infusion technology and sterile disposable needles, it delivers effective skin rejuvenation, intensive hydration, and cell renewal – \u003cstrong\u003eall from the comfort of your home, without the need for expensive salon visits.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen H6 CE-marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, Dr. Pen H6 is CE-marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen H6?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"An interval of 4–6 weeks is recommended for microneedling. However, for more superficial treatments, shorter intervals may be used.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does treatment with Dr. Pen H6 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Most people only feel mild discomfort. If needed, numbing cream can be applied to extra sensitive areas.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen H6 after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Remove and discard the needle head. Clean the pen tip with alcohol and then let it air dry.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen H6 on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, provided that an appropriate needle depth and sterile technique are used. We recommend consulting a skin therapist for guidance.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The needle heads are disposable products and must be replaced after each treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen H6?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"During the first 24 hours, you should avoid makeup, strong sunlight, sauna bathing, and intense exercise.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen H6 suitable for sensitive skin?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, with the right serum and a superficial needle depth, the treatment is safe even for those with sensitive skin.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/pQoCknnghR0?si=LkMM491KzU-4L_as\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53298411602249,"sku":"HDP-H6","price":2799.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-h6-microneedlingpenna-i-stall.png?v=1787125059"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-m7s","title":"Dr. Pen M7S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen M7S is an advanced microneedling pen developed for effective skin rejuvenation, scar treatment, and improved skin firmness.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a powerful motor, long battery life, and adjustable needle depth, it offers both clinics and home users a safe, CE-marked solution for professional results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful Motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e The latest generation brushless motor provides smooth and stable needle movement, minimizing skin trauma and increasing precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Needle Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25–2.5 mm, customizable for different skin areas and needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Speed Levels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows individual control and optimal results on both sensitive and tougher skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong Battery Life:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 4 hours of wireless operation with a fast-charging lithium battery.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSterile Disposable Needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Microfine needles in surgical steel, for single use and maximum hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Serum Absorption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Increases the uptake of active ingredients in serums and booster products after treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for Both Clinical and Private Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to provide professional results even when microneedling at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and Aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the Skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the face thoroughly. Apply numbing cream if necessary for extra comfort.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the Needle Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a new, sterile needle cartridge. Adjust the needle depth according to the treatment area – about 0.25 mm for the sensitive skin around the eyes and 0.5–1.0 mm for the rest of the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTreat in Sections:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold the pen vertically against the skin and work systematically over each area with even, circular motions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare the Skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish by applying a soothing serum. Avoid makeup, direct sunlight, and intense physical activity for the next 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For best results and optimal collagen stimulation, repeat the treatment every 4–6 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it Suitable For?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M7S is suitable for all skin types looking to improve skin texture, stimulate collagen, and reduce signs of aging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective Against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars and other types of scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone and large pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines and reduced elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot Recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, skin infection, or inflamed skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Included in the Package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen M7S\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 16 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C Cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions about Dr. Pen M7S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen M7S CE-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE-marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen M7S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately every 4–6 weeks depending on the skin's recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dr. Pen M7S hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mild tingling sensation may occur, but it is usually perceived as pleasant. Anesthetic cream can be used if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen M7S after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the surface of the pen with disinfectant. The needles are disposable and should be discarded immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen M7S on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Dr. Pen M7S can be used to stimulate hair growth with the right needle depth and serum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA needle head is intended for single use to ensure sterility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen M7S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid sun, makeup, sauna, and strong skincare products for the first day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExperience professional skin improvement with Dr. Pen M7S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M7S combines CE-marked safety, clinical precision, and modern microneedling technology to deliver visible results on skin texture, radiance, and firmness. With sterile disposable needles and powerful motor technology, you get a safe and effective treatment — \u003cstrong\u003eentirely on your own terms, directly in the comfort of your home, without costly clinic visits.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen M7S CE-marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE-marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen M7S?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Approximately every 4–6 weeks depending on the skin's recovery.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen M7S hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A mild tingling sensation may occur, but it is usually perceived as pleasant. Anesthetic cream can be used if needed.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen M7S after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Wipe the surface of the pen with disinfectant. The needles are disposable and should be discarded immediately.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen M7S on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, Dr. Pen M7S can be used to stimulate hair growth with correct needle depth and serum.\" }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"A needle head is intended for single use to ensure sterility.\" }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen M7S?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"Avoid sun, makeup, sauna, and strong skin products for the first day.\" }\n }\n ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/8XfDH1DuFYw?si=iqf3ke-xU4NYpmm3\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53309169729865,"sku":"DRP-M7S","price":1439.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-m7s-microneedling-dermapen-svart-modell_jpg.jpg?v=1763197762"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-m8s","title":"Dr. Pen M8S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen M8S is a high-performance microneedling pen developed to improve skin texture, increase firmness, and stimulate the skin's natural renewal process – an advanced tool for both clinics and home users.\u003c\/strong\u003e This model has a powerful motor, digital display, adjustable needle depth up to 2.5 mm, and both wireless and corded operation - for maximum flexibility and precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Specifications: \u003c\/strong\u003eAdjustable needle depth from 0 mm up to 2.5 mm. 6 speed levels up to approximately 16,000 RPM.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong battery life and flexible charging system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in 380 mAh battery with about 2–3 hours of use on a full charge. USB-C charging and the ability to use the device corded for continuous use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSterile disposable needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with multiple needle head options (e.g., 12-, 18-, 24-, 36-pin) and with anti-backflow function for hygienic safety and maximum active serum absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproved serum absorption post-treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e The vertical microneedling technology stimulates collagen production and increases the skin's ability to absorb active skincare serums immediately after treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for both professional and home use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thanks to precision control, digital display, and flexible operation, M8S is equally effective in a clinical environment as in the comfort of your home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and Aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the skin thoroughly and disinfect the area. Then attach a sterile needle head to the pen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeedle Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose the appropriate needle depth and speed. 0.25 mm for the eye area, 0.5–1.0 mm for the face, and up to 2.0 mm for scars and body areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExecution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the device over the skin in crossing motions (vertical, horizontal, diagonal) with light pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish by applying a soothing serum and avoid makeup and direct sunlight for the first 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTreatment Frequency:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every 4–6 weeks is recommended for a full microneedling treatment. For lighter nano-needling or maintenance treatments, shorter intervals may suffice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M8S is suitable for all skin types seeking to improve skin texture and firmness through collagen stimulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars and other types of scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines and reduced skin elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone, large pores, and texture issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, skin infection, or inflamed skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen M8S\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 18 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions about Dr. Pen M8S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen M8S CE-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYes, Dr. Pen M8S is CE-marked.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen M8S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEvery 4-6 weeks for a full treatment. Lighter treatments can be done a little more often.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dr. Pen M8S hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA mild stinging sensation may be felt, but with correct settings and technique, it is usually tolerable. Numbing cream can be used if needed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen M8S after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove and dispose of the needle head. Clean the pen tip with alcohol and then let it air dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen M8S on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the right needle depth and serum, M8S can also be used for scalp treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeedle heads are single-use products and must be replaced after each treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen M8S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid makeup, sauna, intense physical exercise, and direct sun exposure for the first 24 hours after treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExperience professional skin improvement with Dr. Pen M8S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M8S is a CE-marked microneedling pen developed for safe, effective, and targeted skin treatment. Thanks to its adjustable needle depth, digital precision, and sterile disposable needles, it helps the skin regain firmness, smoothness, and radiance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n   {\n     \"@type\": \"Question\",\n     \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen M8S CE-marked?\",\n     \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n       \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n       \"text\": \"Yes, Dr. Pen M8S is CE-marked.\"\n     }\n   },\n   {\n     \"@type\": \"Question\",\n     \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen M8S?\",\n     \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n       \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n       \"text\": \"Every 4-6 weeks for a full treatment. Lighter treatments can be done a little more often.\"\n     }\n   },\n   {\n     \"@type\": \"Question\",\n     \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen M8S hurt?\",\n     \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n       \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n       \"text\": \"A mild stinging sensation may be felt, but with correct settings and technique, it is usually tolerable. Numbing cream can be used if needed.\"\n     }\n   },\n   {\n     \"@type\": \"Question\",\n     \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen M8S after use?\",\n     \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n       \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n       \"text\": \"Remove and dispose of the needle head. Clean the pen tip with alcohol and then let it air dry.\"\n     }\n   },\n   {\n     \"@type\": \"Question\",\n     \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen M8S on the scalp?\",\n     \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n       \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n       \"text\": \"Yes, with the right needle depth and serum, M8S can also be used for scalp treatments.\"\n     }\n   },\n   {\n     \"@type\": \"Question\",\n     \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n     \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n       \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"The needle heads are disposable products and must be replaced after each treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen M8S?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Avoid makeup, sauna, intense physical exercise, and direct sun exposure for the first 24 hours after treatment.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/jmSqXZneR64?si=fSdz1ngMxXDdziE4\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53309721510217,"sku":"DRP-M8S","price":1439.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-m8s-microneedling-dermapen-professionell-hudbehandling_jpg.jpg?v=1763039816"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-a8s","title":"Dr. Pen A8S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A8S is an advanced microneedling pen developed for skin rejuvenation, scar reduction, and improved firmness.\u003c\/strong\u003e This model stands out with its powerful motor, long battery life, adjustable needle depth, and elegant design – making it suitable both in a clinical environment and for safe home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 speed levels that provide effective treatment and high precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily customize the needle depth from 0–2.5 mm for different skin areas and treatment needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWireless or wired operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with two batteries so you never have to pause your usage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSterile disposable needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimizes risk of backflow and infection, high hygiene level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClinically proven results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Promotes collagen stimulation, which helps with smoother skin texture, improved elasticity, reduced pores and scars, and increased absorption of post-treatment serum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thoroughly clean the skin and apply numbing cream if needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a new, sterile needle cartridge. Adjust the needle depth according to the treatment area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treat the skin in even movements over the desired area – avoid staying too long in one spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish by applying a soothing or activating serum to take advantage of the enhanced absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For best results and optimal collagen stimulation, repeat the treatment every 4–6 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A8S is suitable for all skin types looking for improved skin texture and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, skin inflammation, open wounds, or other skin conditions – in such cases, one should wait or seek professional advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen A8S\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × Battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 18-pin needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions about Dr. Pen A8S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr Pen A8S CE-marked?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE-marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen A8S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery 4–6 weeks for microneedling. Lighter treatments can be done more frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dr. Pen A8S Pain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA slight tingling sensation may occur, but with the right settings and technique, it is usually perceived as fully manageable. Anesthetic cream can be used if necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen A8S after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove and discard the needle head. Then clean the pen tip with alcohol and let it air dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen A8S on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the correct needle depth and appropriate serum, A8S can also be used for scalp treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntended for single use only. Replace after each treatment to ensure sterility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen A8S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid sun, sauna, intense exercise, makeup, and aggressive skincare for the first 24 hours. Use soothing products and high SPF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExperience professional skin renewal with Dr. Pen A8S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A8S is a reliable and high-performing microneedling pen developed for both professional clinics and dedicated home users who want to improve skin quality deeply. Thanks to its adjustable needle depth, digital precision, and sterile disposable needles, you can stimulate collagen production and give the skin increased firmness, smoother texture, and radiant glow – in a safe and targeted manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr Pen A8S CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen A8S?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Every 4–6 weeks for microneedling. Lighter treatments can be done more frequently.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen A8S hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A slight tingling sensation may occur, but with the right settings and technique, it is usually perceived as fully manageable. Anesthetic cream can be used if necessary.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen A8S after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Remove and discard the needle head. Then clean the pen tip with alcohol and let it air dry.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen A8S on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, with the correct needle depth and appropriate serum, A8S can also be used for scalp treatments.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Intended for single use only. Replace after each treatment to ensure sterility.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen A8S?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Avoid sun, sauna, intense exercise, makeup, and aggressive skincare for the first 24 hours. Use soothing products and high sunscreen protection.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/OmI-YyWEMt4?si=EtzjwBGmbcgyr63Y\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53349613371721,"sku":"DRP-A8S","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-a8s-microneedling-dermapen-svart-guld-modell_jpg.jpg?v=1763725609"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-a10","title":"Dr. Pen A10","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr Pen A10 is an advanced microneedling pen specially developed for skin rejuvenation, scar reduction, and increased skin firmness.\u003c\/strong\u003e This model stands out for its wireless operation with USB-C charging, adjustable needle depths up to 2.5 mm, and robust aluminum body – making it ideal for both professional clinic environments and safe home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdvantages and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 15,000 revolutions\/minute with six speed levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Customize the needle depth from 0-2.5 mm for different skin areas and treatment needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWireless operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in battery (~380 mAh) and USB-C connection for smooth charging, providing flexibility for both clinic and home use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSterile disposable needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensures optimal hygiene and eliminates the risk of contamination.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClinical results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stimulates collagen and skin repair, improving skin texture, increasing elasticity, and reducing pores and scars – while enhancing serum absorption after treatment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the skin thoroughly and apply numbing cream if desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a new, sterile needle cartridge. Adjust the needle depth according to the area being treated – around 0.25 mm for the sensitive skin around the eyes and 0.5–1.0 mm for the rest of the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExecution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treat the skin in even movements without staying too long in one place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare for the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use soothing serum after the treatment. Avoid makeup, sauna, intense physical exercise, and direct sunlight for the first 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The treatment can be repeated every 4–6 weeks for optimal collagen production and skin repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for whom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A10 is suitable for all skin types looking to improve skin texture and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, inflammation, open wounds, or other skin conditions – seek professional advice if any of these occur.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen A10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 12 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions about Dr. Pen A10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr Pen A10 CE-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE-marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen A10?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically every 4–6 weeks, allowing the skin to recover.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Does the treatment with Dr. Pen A10 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mild stinging sensation may occur, but with the right settings and possible anesthesia, the treatment is usually perceived as very tolerable.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen A10 after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove and discard the needle cartridge. Clean the tip and surface of the pen with alcohol and let dry before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen A10 on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling can promote hair growth, provided the correct needle depth is used and an appropriate serum is applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach needle cartridge is intended for single use and should be replaced after each treatment to ensure sterility and high safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen A10?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid sun, sauna, intense exercise, makeup, and aggressive skincare for the first 24 hours. Use soothing products and sun protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExperience the difference with Dr Pen A10 – start your skin journey today!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A10 is a safe and effective microneedling pen for both professional clinics and dedicated home users who want to invest in skin rejuvenation and collagen stimulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr Pen A10 CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen A10?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Usually every 4-6 weeks, so that the skin has time to recover.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen A10 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A mild stinging sensation may occur, but with the right settings and possible anesthesia, the treatment is usually perceived as very tolerable.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen A10 after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Remove and discard the needle cartridge. Clean the tip and surface of the pen with alcohol and let dry before storing.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen A10 on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Microneedling can promote hair growth, provided the correct needle depth is used and an appropriate serum is applied.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each needle cartridge is intended for single use and should be replaced after each treatment to ensure sterility and high safety.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen A10?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Avoid sun, sauna, intense exercise, makeup, and aggressive skincare for the first 24 hours. Use soothing products and sunscreen.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/WB_RkOR7HLk?si=_-knfhTnJDsZg4sW\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53349615239497,"sku":"DRP-A10","price":1279.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-a10-mikronalningspenna-lila-modell-med-nalhuvud_jpg.jpg?v=1763730356"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-m8","title":"Dr. Pen M8","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr Pen M8 is a professional microneedling pen designed for skin rejuvenation, scar correction, and increased skin firmness.\u003c\/strong\u003e It stands out with its high-performance motor, LED display with six speed settings, and adjustable needle depth up to 2.5 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdvantages and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 15,000 RPM with six speed levels for effective and fast treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily adjust the needle depth between 0-2.5 mm to tailor the treatment to different skin areas and needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWireless or wired operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Can be used both wirelessly and with a cable, depending on what suits best.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSterile disposable needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Safety and hygiene are prioritized to minimize the risk of infections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClinical results:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supports collagen stimulation and skin repair, resulting in a smoother skin texture, better elasticity, reduced pores and scars, and improved serum absorption after treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the skin thoroughly and apply anesthetic cream if necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach a new, sterile needle cartridge and adjust the needle depth according to the area to be treated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treat the skin with smooth, controlled movements and avoid staying too long in the same area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply a soothing serum and avoid makeup, sauna, intense exercise, and direct sunlight for the first 24 hours. Then protect the skin with high-factor sunscreen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompletion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dispose of the needle cartridge after use and clean the device according to instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For best results and optimal collagen stimulation, it is recommended to repeat the treatment every 4-6 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M8 is suitable for all skin types that want to improve skin texture and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, inflammation, open wounds, or other skin conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen M8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 16 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions about Dr. Pen M8\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen M8 CE marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen M8?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypically every 4-6 weeks for a full microneedling treatment. More frequent treatments (nano-level) may possibly done more frequently at shallower needle depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dr. Pen M8 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA slight stinging sensation may occur. With correct settings, technique, and possible anesthesia, the treatment is usually perceived as well manageable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen M8 after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove and dispose of the needle cartridge. Clean the pen's surface and tip with alcohol and let dry before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen M8 on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the right needle depth and suitable serum, Dr. Pen M8 can also be used for treating the scalp and stimulating hair follicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach needle cartridge is intended for single use and should be replaced after each treatment to ensure sterility and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen M8?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid direct sunlight, saunas, intense exercise, makeup, and aggressive skincare for the first 24 hours. Use soothing products and high sun protection factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade your skincare – discover Dr. Pen M8 today!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M8 offers a safe and effective microneedling solution for both professional clinics and dedicated home users who want to improve skin quality and stimulate collagen with high precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen M8 CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen M8?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Usually every 4-6 weeks for a full microneedling treatment. More frequent treatments (nano-level) may possibly be done more often at shallower needle depth.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen M8 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A slight stinging sensation may occur. With correct settings, technique, and possible anesthesia, the treatment is usually perceived as well manageable.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen M8 after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Remove and dispose of the needle cartridge. Clean the pen's surface and tip with alcohol and let dry before storing.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen M8 on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, with the right needle depth and suitable serum, Dr. Pen M8 can also be used for scalp treatment and hair follicle stimulation.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each needle cartridge is intended for single use and should be replaced after each treatment to ensure sterility and safety.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen M8?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Avoid direct sunlight, sauna, intense exercise, makeup, and aggressive skincare for the first 24 hours. Use soothing products and high SPF.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/y8MKAV4NLc0?si=PqlnWETkru-A8JIR\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53371560558921,"sku":"DRP-M8","price":1519.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-m8-mikronalningspenna-gra-modell-med-nalhuvud_jpg.jpg?v=1763985211"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-a1-w","title":"Dr. Pen A1-W","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A1 is a smooth and user-friendly microneedling pen developed for skin rejuvenation, scar treatment, improved skin texture, and increased serum absorption.\u003c\/strong\u003e It offers great flexibility through adjustable needle depth, multiple speed levels, and wireless use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e A motor that reaches up to approximately 12,000 revolutions per minute and offers five speed levels, adjustable via LED button for precise control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 0 mm up to 3.0 mm — allows for individual customization depending on the area and skin condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWireless operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a built-in and rechargeable battery, Dr. Pen A1 is used completely wirelessly.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSterile disposable needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e The treatment is performed with sterile, disposable needles that minimize the risk of infection and ensure high hygiene at each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproved serum absorption:\u003c\/strong\u003e The microchannels created allow subsequent serum to penetrate deeper, enhancing skin repair and collagen stimulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the area thoroughly and disinfect the skin. Apply anesthetic cream if needed for increased comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach a new, sterile needle cartridge and adjust the needle depth according to the area — around 0.25 mm around the eyes and 0.5–1.0 mm for the rest of the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerform the procedure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the pen against the skin with light pressure and work in horizontal, vertical, and diagonal movements to cover the area evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare for the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply a soothing serum after the treatment and avoid makeup, direct sun, and intense exercise for the first day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For optimal results and effective collagen stimulation, a treatment is recommended every 4–6 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for whom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A1 is suitable for all skin types looking to improve skin texture and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, skin inflammation, open wounds, or damaged skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen A1-W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 12 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Dr. Pen A1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen A1 CE-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE-marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen A1?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frequency depends on the skin's recovery and treatment depth, but most achieve the best results by treating approximately every 4–6 weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\nweek.\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dr. Pen A1 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mild stinging sensation may occur, but it is usually perceived as light and manageable. Numbing cream can be used if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen A1 after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the pen's surface with disinfectant. The needles are intended for single use and should be disposed of immediately after each treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen A1 on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Dr. Pen A1 can be used to stimulate hair growth, provided the correct needle depth and suitable serum are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA needle head is intended for single use to ensure sterility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should you avoid treatment with Dr. Pen A1?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid use with active acne, skin inflammation, open wounds, or skin infection. Wait until the skin is fully healed before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnhance your skincare with Dr. Pen A1 – start today!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A1 is a versatile, CE-marked microneedling pen that combines medical precision with easy and convenient use — ideal for both home use and clinics. With adjustable needle depth, sterile disposable needles, multiple speed settings, and wireless operation, you get effective collagen stimulation, improved skin texture, and increased serum absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen A1 CE-marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE-marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen A1?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The frequency depends on skin recovery and treatment depth, but most achieve the best results by treating approximately every 4-6 weeks.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen A1 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A mild stinging sensation may occur, but it is usually perceived as light and manageable. Numbing cream can be used if needed.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen A1 after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Wipe the pen's surface with disinfectant. The needles are intended for single use and should be disposed of immediately after each treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen A1 on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, Dr. Pen A1 can be used to stimulate hair growth, provided the correct needle depth and suitable serum are used.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A needle head is intended for single use to ensure sterility.\" sterility.\" }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"When should one avoid treatment with Dr. Pen A1?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"Avoid use with active acne, skin inflammation, open wounds, or skin infection. Wait until the skin is fully healed before use.\"\n }\n }\n ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/LN2Uz72kaJw?si=kkfkAVBQ3CGcM5YA\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53371764277577,"sku":"DRP-A1W","price":1039.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-a1-bla-mikronalningspenna-med-nalpatron_jpg.jpg?v=1764173573"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-a6s","title":"Dr. Pen A6S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A6S is an advanced microneedling pen designed for skin rejuvenation, scar treatment, and improved firmness and skin texture.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a powerful motor, adjustable needle depth, LED display, and support for both wireless and wired operation, it is well-suited for both professional clinics and carefully executed home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful motors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with three independent motors that reach approximately 16,000–18,000 rpm, providing a smooth, efficient, and stable treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSix speed levels with LED display:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily adjust the speed in six steps to tailor the treatment to skin type and treatment area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Customize the needle depth from 0-2.5 mm for different skin areas and treatment needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo rechargeable batteries (600 mAH):\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides several hours of use per charge - practical for both salon and home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWireless or wired operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the pen completely wirelessly or connected with a cable, depending on what the situation requires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupports collagen and skin renewal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stimulates the skin's natural repair processes and can contribute to improved skin texture, smoother tone, reduced pores, reduced scars, and increased serum absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and Aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thoroughly clean the skin and apply numbing cream if desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach a new, sterile needle cartridge and adjust the needle depth according to the area to be treated - around 0.25 mm for the sensitive skin around the eyes and 0.5–1.0 mm for the rest of the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExecution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Work with smooth, controlled movements and avoid staying too long on the same spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare for the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use soothing serum after the treatment. Avoid makeup, sauna, strong sun, intense exercise, and aggressive skincare for the first 24 hours. Thereafter, regular sunscreen is recommended.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Discard the needle cartridge after use and clean the pen according to the instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For regular microneedling, treatment is recommended every 4–6 weeks for optimal collagen stimulation and skin renewal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for whom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A6S is suitable for all skin types looking to improve skin texture, firmness, and overall appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines and wrinkles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone, pigmentation, and sun damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnlarged pores and reduced elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, inflammation, open wounds, or other skin conditions – wait for treatment or perform it under professional guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen A6S\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × Batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 16 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Dr. Pen A6S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen A6S CE-marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE-marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen A6S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full microneedling, treatment is recommended every 4-6 weeks. For lighter nano-treatments with shorter needle depth, you can treat somewhat more often, depending on how quickly your skin recovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dr. Pen A6S hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mild tingling sensation may occur, but with the right settings, technique, and possible anesthesia, the treatment is generally perceived as manageable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen A6S after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove and dispose of the needle cartridge after each treatment. Clean the surface of the pen thoroughly with alcohol and let it dry before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen A6S on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - with the correct needle depth and right technique, A6S can also be used for scalp treatments, for example, to stimulate hair growth or activate hair follicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach needle cartridge is intended for single use and should be replaced after each treatment to ensure optimal sterility and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen A6S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid makeup, sauna, intense exercise, aggressive skincare, and direct sunlight for the first 24 hours. Use soothing products and sunscreen thereafter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake control of your skin health with Dr. Pen A6S!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A6S combines professional precision with safe home treatment and helps you strengthen the skin's structure, stimulate collagen, and create long-lasting radiance. Perfect for those who want to take their skincare to the next level – in a safe and effective way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen A6S CE-marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE-marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen A6S?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For full microneedling, treatment is recommended every 4-6 weeks. For lighter nano-treatments with shorter needle depth, you can treat somewhat more often, depending on how quickly your skin recovers.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen A6S hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A mild tingling sensation may occur, but with the right settings, With technique and possible anesthesia, the treatment is generally perceived as well manageable.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen A6S after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Remove and discard the needle cartridge after each treatment. Thoroughly clean the surface of the pen with alcohol and let it dry before storing.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen A6S on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes - with the correct needle depth and proper technique, A6S can also be used for scalp treatments, for example, to stimulate hair growth or activate hair follicles.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each needle cartridge is intended for single use and should be replaced after each treatment to ensure optimal sterility and safety.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen A6S?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Avoid makeup, sauna, intense exercise, aggressive skincare, and direct sunlight for the first 24 hours. Use soothing products and sunscreen thereafter.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/qdsLOWgXanc?si=-17E6vnWDwmqSF3j\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53371795341641,"sku":"DRP-A6S","price":1759.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-a6s-mikronalningspenna-turkos-med-nalhuvud_jpg.jpg?v=1764084948"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-a6","title":"Dr. Pen A6","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A6 is a reliable and efficient microneedling pen developed for skin rejuvenation, scar treatment, and improved skin texture.\u003c\/strong\u003e With its powerful motor, adjustable needle depth, and wireless usage capability, it is suitable for both professional clinic environments and careful home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Pen A6 operates at up to approximately 16,000 RPM and offers five speed levels, providing effective micro-penetration and a smooth treatment experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Customize the needle depth from 0-2.5 mm for different skin areas and treatment needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWireless or wired operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the pen either completely wirelessly or with a cable, depending on what best suits the treatment situation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective collagen stimulation and skin renewal:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDr. Pen A6 creates microchannels that activate the skin's natural healing process, increase the production of collagen and elastin, and improve skin texture, firmness, and pore size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproved serum absorption: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe microscopic channels increase the skin's absorption capacity, allowing active serums to be absorbed more effectively and enhance the results of aftercare products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cleanse the skin thoroughly and apply anesthetic cream if necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach a new, sterile needle cartridge and set the needle depth according to the treatment area – approximately 0.25 mm around the eyes and 0.5–1.0 mm for the rest of the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExecution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Work with even, controlled movements and avoid staying too long at the same point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply a soothing serum immediately afterward. Avoid makeup, sauna, intense exercise, strong sun, and aggressive skincare for the first 24 hours. Then regularly use high-factor sunscreen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dispose of the needle cartridge after use and clean the pen according to the instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For full microneedling, treatment is recommended every 4–6 weeks for optimal collagen stimulation and skin renewal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A6 is suitable for all skin types looking to improve skin texture and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines and wrinkles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePigmentation changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, inflammation, open wounds, or other skin conditions – wait for treatment or perform it under professional guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen A6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × Battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 12 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Dr. Pen A6\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen A6 CE marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen A6?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard microneedling, it is recommended every 4–6 weeks. Adjust treatment depending on the skin's healing ability and reaction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dr. Pen A6 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the right needle depth and speed, the treatment is usually perceived as a light pricking sensation. People with sensitive skin or low pain threshold may choose to use numbing cream.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen A6 wirelessly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the pen is powered by rechargeable batteries and can be used without a cord, providing freedom and flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach needle cartridge is intended for single use only and should be replaced after each treatment to ensure the highest possible sterility and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat skin problems can Dr. Pen A6 improve?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A6 is effective against fine lines, wrinkles, scars, large pores, uneven skin tone, sun damage, sagging skin, cellulite, and texture issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImprove your skin deeply with Dr. Pen A6!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A6 is a reliable and effective microneedling pen that combines clinical performance with easy use – perfect for both salon treatments and advanced microneedling at home. With flexible settings, a powerful motor, adjustable needle depth, and sterile disposable needles, you can stimulate collagen production and improve the skin's texture, firmness, and radiance in a safe and controlled manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen A6 CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen A6?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For standard microneedling, it is recommended every 4–6 weeks. Adjust treatment depending on the skin's healing ability and reaction.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen A6 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"With the right needle depth and speed, the treatment is usually perceived as a light pricking sensation. People with sensitive skin or low pain threshold may choose to use numbing cream.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen A6 wirelessly?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the pen is powered by rechargeable batteries and can be used without a cord, providing freedom and flexibility.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each needle cartridge is intended for single use only and should be replaced after each treatment to ensure the highest possible sterility and safety.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What skin problems can Dr. Pen A6 improve?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Dr. Pen A6 is effective against fine lines, wrinkles, scars, large pores, uneven skin tone, sun damage, loose skin, cellulite, and texture issues.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/WfPfl8Kqn5I?si=vgWq6nEq-qNfYuAq\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53371836989769,"sku":"DRP-A6","price":1279.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-a6-mikronalningspenna-silver-bla-med-nalhuvud_jpg.jpg?v=1764083428"},{"product_id":"hydra-pen-h5","title":"Hydra Pen H5","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydra Pen H5 is an innovative microneedling pen that combines classic microneedling with automatic serum infusion and EMS microcurrents.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed to stimulate skin rejuvenation, improve skin texture, reduce scars, and maximize the absorption of active serums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Six speed levels and four-stage EMS microcurrent technology provide an effective combination that stimulates collagen and supports the skin's repair processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Customize the needle depth from 0–1.0 mm, making it easy to tailor the treatment to skin type and area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic serum infusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in serum container (3 ml) with adjustable fluid flow that automatically applies the serum during treatment for even distribution and optimal absorption.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced serum absorption:\u003c\/strong\u003e The microchannels created by the needles, in combination with the direct serum infusion, increase the skin's uptake of active ingredients and can enhance the effect of moisturizing, repairing, or PRP-based serums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the area thoroughly and disinfect the skin. Apply anesthetic cream if needed for extra comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare Hydra Pen H5:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill the serum container with a suitable serum and then choose an appropriate needle depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExecution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Work with even, controlled strokes – horizontally, vertically, and diagonally – over the area to be treated. The serum is dosed automatically for even and effective distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a soothing and moisturizing serum. Avoid makeup, active skincare, and strong sun for at least 24 hours. Use sunscreen when exposed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For more intensive microneedling with infusion, the treatment should be performed every 4–6 weeks. Milder treatments can be done more often, depending on the skin's recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for whom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydra Pen H5 is suitable for all skin types looking to improve skin texture, firmness, tone, and elasticity. Suitable for both experienced home users and skin therapists\/clinics seeking an advanced and versatile tool with serum infusion and powerful collagen stimulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines and wrinkles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePigmentation and uneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnlarged pores, sagging skin, and texture changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active skin inflammation, infection, open wounds, or severely irritated skin — treatment should then be avoided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the package contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Hydra Pen H5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × Lock rings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 12-pin needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions about Hydra Pen H5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Hydra Pen H5 CE marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Hydra Pen H5?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more intensive microneedling with infusion, the treatment should be performed every 4–6 weeks. Milder treatments can be done more often, depending on the skin's recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Hydra Pen H5 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mild stinging sensation may occur, but it is usually perceived as light and manageable. Numbing cream can be used if necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Hydra Pen H5 after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the pen's surface with alcohol and let it air dry. Rinse the serum container thoroughly and let it dry. The needles are intended for single use and should be discarded immediately after each treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Hydra Pen H5 on areas other than the face?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the correct settings for needle depth, speed, and serum, Hydra Pen H5 can also be used on, for example, the neck and other areas with skin texture issues, scars, or sun damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Hydra Pen H5?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid makeup, strong sun, sauna, or intense physical exercise for at least 24 hours. Let the skin recover and use a soft, soothing serum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExperience the difference with modern serum infusion!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydra Pen H5 is an advanced and multifunctional microneedling pen that combines traditional needle treatment with automatic serum infusion and EMS microcurrents for maximum skin rejuvenation and texture improvement. The adjustable needle depth, integrated serum delivery, and the ability to customize each treatment make it well-suited for both home and professional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Hydra Pen H5 CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Hydra Pen H5?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For more intensive microneedling with infusion, the treatment should be performed every 4–6 weeks. Milder treatments can be done more often, depending on the skin's recovery.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Hydra Pen H5 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A mild stinging sensation may occur, but it is usually perceived as light and manageable. Numbing cream can be used if needed.\" }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"How do I clean Hydra Pen H5 after use?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"Clean the pen's surface with alcohol and let it air dry. Rinse the serum container thoroughly and let it dry. The needles are intended for single use and should be disposed of immediately after each treatment.\"\n }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"Can I use Hydra Pen H5 on areas other than the face?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"Yes, with the right settings for needle depth, speed, and serum, Hydra Pen H5 can also be used on, for example, the neck and other areas with skin texture issues, scars, or sun damage.\"\n }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Hydra Pen H5?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"Avoid makeup, strong sun, sauna, or intense physical exercise for at least 24 hours. Allow the skin to recover and use a gentle, soothing serum.\"\n }\n }\n ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/GsF_BTv8e2s?si=EmZD4b1zK3Ly0pAs\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53408925352265,"sku":"HDP-H5","price":1919.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/hydrapen-h5-vit-bla-mikroneedling-penna-i-laddningsstall_jpg.jpg?v=1764174661"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-m5","title":"Dr. Pen M5","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen M5 is an advanced microneedling pen developed for skin rejuvenation, scar treatment, and increased skin firmness.\u003c\/strong\u003e Thanks to its powerful motor, adjustable needle depths, and long battery life, it offers a level above simpler microneedling tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Pen M5 has a motor that reaches up to 12,000 revolutions per minute and offers 5 speed levels, providing a stable and even treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the ability to adjust the needles from 0 to 2.5 mm, you can customize the treatment depending on the area and skin condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWireless or corded:\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in rechargeable battery provides flexibility for treatment in both home and clinical settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCE marked:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Pen M5 is CE marked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSterile disposable needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e The treatment is performed with sterile, packaged disposable needles that minimize the risk of infection and ensure high hygiene with every use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved serum absorption:\u003c\/strong\u003e The microchannels created allow subsequent serums to penetrate deeper, enhancing skin repair and collagen stimulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the area thoroughly and disinfect the skin. Apply numbing cream if needed for extra comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a new, sterile needle cartridge. Adapt the needle depth to the treatment area – about 0.25 mm for the sensitive skin around the eyes and 0.5–1.0 mm for the rest of the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcedure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the pen against the skin with light pressure and work in horizontal, vertical, and diagonal strokes to cover the area evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare for the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish the treatment with a soothing serum. Avoid makeup, direct sunlight, and intense exercise during the first 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For the best results and effective collagen stimulation, it is recommended to repeat the treatment every 4–6 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M5 is suitable for all skin types that want to improve the skin's texture and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, skin infection, or skin inflammation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen M5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 12-pin needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Dr. Pen M5\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen M5 CE marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Dr. Pen M5 is CE marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen M5?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend treatment every 4–6 weeks for the best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dr. Pen M5 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mild prickling sensation may occur, but it is usually experienced as light and manageable. Numbing cream can be used if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen M5 after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the surface of the pen with disinfectant. The needles are intended for single use and should be discarded immediately after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen M5 on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Dr. Pen M5 can be used for scalp treatment, provided that the correct needle depth and suitable serum are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA needle head is intended for single use to maintain good hygiene with every treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen M5?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid sun, makeup, saunas, and strong skincare products during the first 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake the next step toward stronger and more even skin!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M5 is a CE-marked microneedling pen for both clinic and home use. With adjustable needle depth, sterile disposable needles, a powerful motor, and good battery life, you get a flexible treatment that can be adapted to different areas and needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen M5 CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, Dr. Pen M5 is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen M5?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"We recommend treatment every 4–6 weeks for the best results.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen M5 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A mild prickling sensation may occur, but it is usually experienced as light and manageable. Numbing cream can be used if needed.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen M5 after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Wipe the surface of the pen with disinfectant. The needles are intended for single use and should be discarded immediately after use.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen M5 on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, Dr. Pen M5 can be used for scalp treatment, provided that the correct needle depth and suitable serum are used.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A needle head is intended for single use to maintain good hygiene with every treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen M5?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Avoid sun, makeup, saunas, and strong skincare products during the first 24 hours.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/4E3tXC4zP34?si=T4bZpVcpzEq21Z8a\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53409829880137,"sku":null,"price":1299.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-m5-rose-gold-mikronalningspenna-med-nalpatron_jpg.jpg?v=1764172697"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-m7","title":"Dr. Pen M7","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen M7 is an advanced microneedling pen developed for skin rejuvenation, scar treatment, and improved firmness.\u003c\/strong\u003e With its powerful motor, adjustable needle depth, and the option of cordless or corded use, the M7 offers a high degree of flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Pen M7 offers five adjustable speed levels and a motor that reaches up to approximately 13,000 revolutions per minute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e With an adjustable needle depth from 0 to 2.5 mm, the treatment can be adapted to both the area and skin condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCordless or corded:\u003c\/strong\u003e You can use Dr. Pen M7 with a rechargeable battery or connect it with a cord, making it flexible for both home and clinic environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCE-marked:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Pen M7 is CE-marked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSterile disposable needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e The treatment is performed with sterile disposable needles that minimize the risk of infection and ensure high hygiene with every use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved serum absorption:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Pen M7 creates microchannels in the skin, allowing serums and active ingredients to be absorbed more deeply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUse and aftercare:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the area thoroughly and disinfect the skin. Apply numbing cream if needed for increased comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a new, sterile needle cartridge. Adjust the needle depth according to the treatment area – approximately 0.25 mm for the sensitive skin around the eyes and 0.5–1.0 mm for the rest of the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcedure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose a suitable speed and work over the skin with horizontal, vertical, and diagonal strokes. Use light pressure and make sure to cover the area evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare for the skin afterward:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish the treatment with a soothing serum. Avoid makeup, strong sun, and intense exercise during the first 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e To achieve the best results and effective collagen stimulation, it is recommended that the treatment be repeated every 4–6 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M7 is suitable for people with all skin types who want to improve the skin's texture and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, skin infection, or skin inflammation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen M7\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 12-pin needle heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Charging cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions about Dr. Pen M7\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Dr. Pen M7 CE-marked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE-marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen M7?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend treatment every 4–6 weeks for the best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes treatment with Dr. Pen M7 hurt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA mild tingling sensation may occur, but it is usually experienced as light and manageable. Numbing cream can be used if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen M7 after use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the surface of the pen with disinfectant. The needles are intended for single use and should be discarded immediately after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen M7 on the scalp?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Dr. Pen M7 can be used on the scalp, provided that the correct needle depth and suitable serum are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA needle head is intended for single use to guarantee sterility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen M7?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid sun, makeup, saunas, and strong skin products during the first 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCreate professional results with Dr. Pen M7!\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M7 is a CE-marked and versatile microneedling pen suitable for both home use and professional use. With adjustable needle depth, sterile disposable needles, a powerful motor, and the possibility of both cordless and corded use, the M7 offers a flexible treatment for improved skin texture and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen M7 CE-marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE-marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen M7?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"We recommend treatment every 4–6 weeks for the best results.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does treatment with Dr. Pen M7 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A mild tingling sensation may occur, but it is usually experienced as light and manageable. Numbing cream can be used if needed.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen M7 after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Wipe the surface of the pen with disinfectant. The needles are intended for single use and should be discarded immediately after use.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen M7 on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, Dr. Pen M7 can be used on the scalp, provided that the correct needle depth and suitable serum are used.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A needle head is intended for single use to guarantee sterility.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen M7?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Avoid sun, makeup, saunas, and strong skin products during the first 24 hours.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/WsvWdsBtfc4?si=nIh47aJW0ZJOXs90\" width=\"560\" height=\"315\" loading=\"lazy\"\u003e\n  \u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53409900986697,"sku":null,"price":1299.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-m7-rosa-mikronalningspenna-med-nalpatron_jpg.jpg?v=1764173099"},{"product_id":"hydra-pen-h3","title":"Hydra Pen H3","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydra Pen H3 is an advanced microneedling pen with built-in serum infusion that combines traditional needle technique with automatic serum delivery.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed to improve skin texture, stimulate skin rejuvenation, reduce fine lines and scars, and maximize the absorption of active serums. A modern and effective tool for those who want professional results – both at home and in clinics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 16,000 RPM with six speed levels for optimal precision and full control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily adjust needle depth from 0–1.0 mm for different skin areas and treatment needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWireless operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in rechargeable battery with USB-C charging makes Hydra Pen H3 easy and flexible to use, both at home and in clinics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic serum infusion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in serum container (3 ml) with adjustable fluid flow that applies the serum automatically during the treatment for even distribution and optimal absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Digital LED display shows both speed level and battery status, making it easy to customize the treatment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the area thoroughly and disinfect the skin. Apply anesthetic cream if needed for extra comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare Hydra Pen H3:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill the serum container with a suitable serum and then choose an appropriate needle depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExecution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Work with smooth, controlled strokes – horizontally, vertically, and diagonally – over the area to be treated. The serum is dosed automatically for even and effective distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a soothing and moisturizing serum. Avoid makeup, active skincare, and strong sun for at least 24 hours. Use sunscreen when exposed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For more intensive microneedling with infusion, the treatment should be performed every 4–6 weeks. Milder treatments can be done more often, depending on the skin's recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for whom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydra Pen H3 is suitable for all skin types looking to improve skin texture, firmness, tone, and elasticity. Suitable for both experienced home users and skin therapists\/clinics seeking an advanced and versatile tool with serum infusion and powerful collagen stimulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines and wrinkles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePigmentation and uneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnlarged pores, sagging skin, and structural changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active skin inflammation, infection, open wounds, or severely irritated skin - treatment should then be avoided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Hydra Pen H3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 12 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × Lock rings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions about Hydra Pen H3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Hydra Pen H3 CE marked?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Hydra Pen H3?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydra Pen H3 is a microneedling pen with an integrated serum capsule - it creates microchannels in the skin while serum is automatically applied, combining microneedling and serum infusion for maximum effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Hydra Pen H3?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more intensive microneedling with infusion, the treatment should be performed every 4-6 weeks. Milder treatments can be done more often, depending on the skin's recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many speed levels does Hydra Pen H3 have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has 6 adjustable speeds (about 6000-16000 rpm), providing great control over the treatment's intensity. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Hydra Pen H3 after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the pen's surface with alcohol and let it air dry. Rinse the serum container thoroughly and let it dry. The needles are intended for single use and should be discarded immediately after each treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Hydra Pen H3 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith shorter needle depth, the treatment is usually mild. With longer needles and more sensitive skin, some stinging sensation may be experienced - therefore choose needle depth and speed carefully. Numbing cream can be used if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElevate your skincare routine to the next level with Hydra Pen H3\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydra Pen H3 is a modern, flexible microneedling pen with serum infusion and adjustable settings - perfect for those who want to combine microneedling with effective serum delivery. It is ideal for both home use and professional use, offering controlled penetration, increased absorption, and improved skin texture.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Hydra Pen H3 CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is Hydra Pen H3?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Hydra Pen H3 is a microneedling pen with an integrated serum capsule - it creates microchannels in the skin while serum is automatically applied, combining microneedling and serum infusion for maximum effect.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Hydra Pen H3?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For more intensive microneedling with infusion, the treatment should be performed every 4–6 weeks. Milder treatments can be done more frequently, depending on the skin's recovery.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many speed levels does Hydra Pen H3 have?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It has 6 adjustable speeds (approximately 6000–16,000 RPM), providing great control over the treatment's intensity.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Hydra Pen H3 after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Clean the pen's surface with alcohol and let it air dry. Rinse the serum container thoroughly and let it dry. The needles are intended for single use and should be discarded immediately after each treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Hydra Pen H3 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"At shorter needle depths, the treatment is usually mild. With longer needles and more sensitive skin, a slight stinging sensation may be experienced - therefore, choose needle depth and speed carefully. Anesthetic cream can be used if necessary.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/DwcubdcMZXk?si=D2goilrxLx0x1bYu\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53410334835017,"sku":"HDP-H3","price":1439.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/hydrapen-h3-microneedling-pen-digital-display-guld-silver_jpg.jpg?v=1764175953"},{"product_id":"bio-pen-q2","title":"Bio Pen Q2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBio Pen Q2 is an advanced microneedling-pen that combines three technologies in one system: microneedling, EMS electroporation, and LED light therapy.\u003c\/strong\u003e Together, these functions work to stimulate skin rejuvenation, improve skin texture, reduce scars, and maximize the absorption of active serums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 16,000 revolutions per minute with five speed levels for optimal precision and full control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easily customize the needle depth from 0–1.5 mm for different skin areas and treatment needs.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated LED display with touch control to adjust speed, EMS, and LED mode - provides clear overview and easy handling even for home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWireless operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in, rechargeable battery with USB-C charging makes Bio Pen Q2 easy and flexible to use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-in-1 function:\u003c\/strong\u003e Microneedling, EMS electroporation, and LED light therapy in one tool. Together, they stimulate collagen production, improve skin firmness and elasticity, increase the absorption of active ingredients, and support skin renewal and treatment of acne-prone skin.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the skin thoroughly and apply numbing cream if necessary.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a new, sterile needle cartridge. Adjust the needle depth according to the treatment area.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Select the desired speed via the LED display and then work with light pressure in even, horizontal, vertical, and diagonal strokes for a smooth and effective treatment over the entire area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e Combine the treatment with LED light mode or EMS as needed to maximize the effect and tailor the results to the skin's needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a soothing and moisturizing serum. Avoid makeup, active skincare, and strong sun exposure for at least 24 hours. Use sunscreen when exposed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For best results and optimal collagen stimulation, repeat the treatment every 4-6 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio Pen Q2 is suitable for people with all skin types who want to improve skin texture, elasticity, firmness, and radiance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines and wrinkles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone and scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge pores and lost elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural changes and skin that has lost firmness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for skin inflammation, open wounds, infection, or severely irritated skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Bio Pen Q2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 25 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Bio Pen Q2\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Bio Pen Q2 CE marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Bio Pen Q2?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio Pen Q2 is a 3-in-1 microneedling pen that combines microneedling, EMS electroporation, and LED light therapy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many speed levels does Bio Pen Q2 have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio Pen Q2 has five speed levels with a motor capable of up to 16,000 revolutions per minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep can the needles go?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe needle depth can be adjusted up to 1.5 mm, depending on needs and treatment area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Bio Pen Q2?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full treatment, it is recommended every 4-6 weeks. For milder or maintenance treatments with serum\/LED, frequency can be adjusted depending on skin recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich areas can be treated with Bio Pen Q2?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFace, neck, décolletage, and other parts of the skin needing structural improvement, slackness, scars, or sun damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExperience the difference with Bio Pen Q2\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio Pen Q2 is a professional, multifunctional microneedling pen - combining microneedling, EMS electroporation, and LED light therapy in one system. Adjustable needle depth, multiple speeds, and battery operation make it suitable for both clinic and home use. Bio Pen Q2 gives you the ability to stimulate collagen, improve skin texture, reduce wrinkles and scars, and increase absorption of active serums — all in one complete treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Bio Pen Q2 CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is Bio Pen Q2?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Bio Pen Q2 is a 3-in-1 microneedling pen that combines microneedling, EMS electroporation, and LED light therapy.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many speed levels does Bio Pen Q2 have?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Bio Pen Q2 has five speed levels with a motor that handles up to 16,000 revolutions per minute.\" }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"How deep can the needles go?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"The needle depth can be adjusted up to 1.5 mm, depending on the need and treatment area.\"\n }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"How often can I use Bio Pen Q2?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"For a full treatment, it is recommended every 4-6 weeks. For milder or maintenance treatments with serum\/LED, the frequency can be adjusted depending on the skin's recovery.\"\n }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"Which areas can be treated with Bio Pen Q2?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"Face, neck, décolletage, and other parts of the skin in need of texture improvement, sagging, scars, or sun damage.\"\n }\n }\n ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/nR4ENsIgdDQ?si=zyr-1aKc00eRyR8s\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53416377942345,"sku":"BIO-Q2","price":2319.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/biopen-Q2-microneedling-pen-vit-digital-display-led_jpg.jpg?v=1764259807"},{"product_id":"drs-192","title":"Dermaroller DRS 192","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDermaroller DRS 192 is a microneedling tool equipped with 192 microneedles made of titanium, developed to stimulate collagen, improve skin texture, and increase the skin's absorption of active serums.\u003c\/strong\u003e Thanks to its simple design, it is an effective tool for both home use and clinics that want to offer a gentle but results-oriented treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ergonomic handle provides stable control and makes it easy to work in multiple directions without causing unnecessary irritation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Depending on the chosen needle length, the roller can be used on several areas – such as the face, neck, and décolleté – where the skin needs improved structure and firmness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e192 titanium needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Titanium provides high durability, stable shape, and superior corrosion resistance. The result is smoother penetration, better precision, and a safer treatment over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the right needle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be difficult to know which needle length suits your needs, especially if you are new to microneedling. Therefore, we have compiled a clear guide below, where we explain the benefits, usage areas, and recommendations for each needle length – so that you can confidently choose the right roller for your skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0.25 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for beginners and sensitive skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGently stimulates cell renewal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use is 1-2 times\/week\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for those who want to improve glow, hydration, and skin tone without deep microneedling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0.5 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn optimal length for home use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for treating minor scars, fine lines, and enlarged pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoosts the skin's absorption of skincare\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use is at 1–2 week intervals for best results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor experienced users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for light scar tissue and skin with lost elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides clear collagen stimulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use is every other to every third week, but always adjust the interval according to how the skin feels and recovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cleanse the skin and disinfect both the roller and skin before treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Roll gently with light pressure in vertical, horizontal, and diagonal strokes — lift the roller between each stroke. A light redness is normal, but treatment should not cause bleeding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish by applying a soothing serum to take advantage of the improved absorption.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean your dermaroller immediately after use. Rinse with lukewarm water and mild soap, disinfect with alcohol, and let air dry completely before placing it back in the case. Never share your dermaroller with anyone else.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for whom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDermaroller DRS 192 is suitable for both beginners and more experienced users who want to improve the skin's texture, firmness, and radiance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperficial scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarger pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, infections, open wounds or skin inflammation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions about Dermaroller DRS 192\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dermaroller DRS 192 CE marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Dermaroller DRS 192?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a classic dermaroller with 192 micro-needles of titanium - designed to create microchannels in the skin and stimulate collagen production. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith short needle depth and correct technique, the discomfort is usually minimal - a slight stinging or tingling sensation. With larger needles, the skin may feel more sensitive - always use a gentle hand and avoid pressing hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat results can I expect?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith regular treatment, the skin can achieve improved texture and firmness, fine lines may reduce, pores appear smaller, scars and unevenness decrease, and serums\/daily skincare are better absorbed by the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I share my Dermaroller DRS 192 with someone else?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is personal and should not be shared with anyone else for hygiene reasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy titanium needles instead of stainless steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTitanium is harder, more corrosion-resistant, and maintains sharpness longer than stainless steel. This makes titanium needles more shape-stable and less prone to bending during use, which can provide a more consistent and controlled microneedling treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExperience the difference with Dermaroller DRS 192\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDermaroller DRS 192 is an affordable, effective, and user-friendly tool for those who want to stimulate collagen, improve skin texture, and enhance the effect of your skincare. With 192 titanium needles and three carefully selected needle lengths, you can customize the treatment to your skin's specific needs — from simple serum absorption to more advanced texture improvement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dermaroller DRS 192 CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is Dermaroller DRS 192?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It is a classic dermaroller with 192 micro-needles of titanium - designed to create microchannels in the skin and stimulate collagen production.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"With short needle depth and correct technique, the discomfort is usually minimal - a slight stinging or tingling sensation. With larger needles, the skin may feel more sensitive - always use a gentle hand and avoid pressing hard.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What results can I expect?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": { \"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"With regular treatment, the skin can achieve improved texture and firmness, fine lines may reduce, pores appear smaller, scars and unevenness decrease, and serums\/daily skincare are better absorbed by the skin.\" } }, { \"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I share my Dermaroller DRS 192 with someone else?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": { \"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No, it is personal and should not be shared with anyone else for hygiene reasons.\" } }, { \"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why needles of titanium instead of stainless steel?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": { \"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Titanium is harder, more corrosion-resistant, and retains sharpness longer than stainless steel. This makes titanium needles more form-stable and less prone to bending during use, which can provide a more consistent and controlled microneedling treatment.\" } } ] } \u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"0.25 mm","offer_id":53476309303625,"sku":null,"price":239.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":false},{"title":"0.5 mm","offer_id":53476309336393,"sku":null,"price":239.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":false},{"title":"1.0 mm","offer_id":53476309369161,"sku":null,"price":239.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dermaroller-microneedling-kollagenstimulerande-ansiktsroller_jpg.jpg?v=1765207175"},{"product_id":"dermastamp-drs-140a","title":"Dermastamp DRS 140A","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDermastamp DRS 140A is a precision tool within microneedling, developed to treat small and hard-to-reach areas with maximum control.\u003c\/strong\u003e With its 140 micro-needles made of stainless surgical steel, the stamp is particularly effective for spot treatment of acne scars, small lines, pores, pigmentation, and scalp areas where traditional dermarollers or microneedling pens do not reach as precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e140 micro-needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of stainless surgical steel for high hygiene, sharpness, and shape stability - ideal for precise and controlled micro-punctures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dermastamp DRS 140A offers a flexible needle depth from 0 mm - 3.0 mm, allowing treatment customization based on skin type, treatment area, scar depth, structural skin issues, and both professional and home use. The wide adjustment range provides high control and makes the stamp very versatile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManual precision:\u003c\/strong\u003e The stamping technique gives the user total control over pressure, tempo, and intensity - something that is crucial for spot treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCollagen stimulation and improved serum absorption:\u003c\/strong\u003e The micro-needles create small micro-channels in the skin that stimulate collagen production, smooth out skin texture, improve the uptake of active serums, and can reduce minor irregularities and local scars.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeveloped for small and focused areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dermastamp DRS 140A is specially designed to treat small and hard-to-reach areas, such as individual acne scars, deep pores, nasal wings and bridge, upper lip and lines around the mouth, local pigmentation spots, and specific areas of the scalp where increased hair growth is desired.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the right needle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be difficult to know which needle length suits your needs, especially if you are new to microneedling. Therefore, we have compiled a clear overview below, where we explain the benefits, areas of use, and recommendations for each needle length – so you can confidently choose the right roller for your skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0.2 mm - 0.25 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves the skin's absorption of skincare products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContributes to improved skin condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for very fine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParticularly suitable for sensitive areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: every 2-3 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0.3 mm - 0.5 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreases absorption of serums and active ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves skin texture and skin quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffective for fine lines in sensitive areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps to dissolve clogged pores and dead skin residues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan provide skin tightening and a more even skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMay help prevent hair loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: every 2-4 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0.75 mm - 1-0 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces lighter wrinkles on the face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreats fine lines around the eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRejuvenates the thin skin area under the eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces acne scars and mild pigmentations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: every 3-5 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.5 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreats deeper wrinkles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces more pronounced scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves pigmentations from sun damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMainly used on the face but also works on the body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: every 4-6 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2.0 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces minor injuries and pronounced acne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreats deeper wrinkles, especially around the eyes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended use: every 6 weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Needle depth over 1.0 mm should only be used by professional practitioners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin and DRS 140A:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cleanse the skin and disinfect both dermastamp DRS 140A and skin before treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the needle depth based on the area and skin condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExecution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the stamp on the skin and press evenly and controlled. Work systematically over the selected area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare for the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish by applying a soothing serum to take advantage of the improved absorption. Avoid makeup, retinol, acids, and sun for at least 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e After the treatment, clean the stamp with disinfectant and store it dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for whom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDermastamp DRS 140A is an ideal tool for those who want to treat small, hard-to-reach skin areas with high precision. It suits most skin types, including normal, combination, oily, and mature skin, as well as more sensitive skin types when shorter needles are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnlarged pores and deep pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines around the eyes and mouth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocal pigmentation spots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin texture in small areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, infections, open wounds, or irritated skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions about Dermastamp DRS 140A\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dermastamp DRS 140A CE marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Dermastamp DRS 140A?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA microneedling stamp with 140 needles made of stainless surgical steel, developed for precise spot treatment of skin texture issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes DRS 140A have adjustable needle depth?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes - the needle depth can be adjusted from 0 mm up to 3.0 mm to provide full control depending on skin type and area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are the needles made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe needles are made of stainless surgical steel for high hygiene, durability, and sharp penetration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dermapen DRS 140A hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShorter needles feel mild while longer needles can give a more pricking sensation but are usually well tolerated as the treatment area is small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen should you not use Dermastamp DRS 140A?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid treatment with active acne, infected wounds, eczema, rosacea outbreaks, or if the skin is irritated or sun-damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRefine the skin's texture where it is needed most – discover Dermastamp DRS 140A today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDermastamp DRS 140A offers a powerful combination of precision and flexibility with its 140 stainless steel needles and adjustable needle depth of 0-3.0 mm. For anyone looking to target scars, pores, and small skin areas with maximum control, this tool is an excellent choice for both home use and professional practitioners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dermastamp DRS 140A CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is Dermastamp DRS 140A?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A microneedling stamp with 140 stainless surgical steel needles, developed for precise spot treatment of skin texture issues.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does DRS 140A have adjustable needle depth?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes - the needle depth can be set from 0 mm up to 3.0 mm to provide full control depending on skin type and area.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What material are the needles made of?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The needles are made of stainless surgical steel for high hygiene, durability, and sharp penetration.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dermapen DRS 140A hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Shorter needles feel mild while longer needles can provide a more prickly sensation but are usually well tolerated as the treatment area is small.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"When should you not use Dermastamp DRS 140A?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Avoid treatment with active acne, infected wounds, eczema, rosacea flare-ups, or if the skin is irritated or sun-damaged.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/-9eeRkvXJ2k?si=qL85U2hgjhBNU9Gd\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53480066941257,"sku":null,"price":299.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dermastamp-drs-140a-microneedling-justerbar-nalstamp_jpg_953779a5-77dc-47e2-bec4-8add4ea5b621.jpg?v=1765288143"},{"product_id":"bio-roller-g4","title":"Bio Roller G4","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBio Roller G4 is a professional dermaroller developed for both skin rejuvenation and hair growth stimulation.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a total of 1200 stainless steel microneedles and the ability to choose different needle lengths, it is specially designed for use on the scalp, beard, and face. The unique design with an integrated disinfection tank makes Bio roller G4 a hygienic and practical tool for both home use and clinics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1200 microneedles:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high needle density creates thousands of microchannels with each roll, activating the skin's natural healing process, increasing local blood circulation, and can stimulate dormant hair follicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeveloped for scalp, beard, and face:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bio Roller G4 is described as particularly suitable for use on the scalp and face. It is often used in the treatment of hair loss, beard growth, and for general skin rejuvenation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple needle lengths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bio Roller G4 is available with multiple needle lengths so that the treatment can be adapted to the area and skin\/hair issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoose the right needle length:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be difficult to know which needle length suits your needs, especially if you are new to microneedling. Therefore, we have compiled a clear guide below, where we explain the benefits, areas of use, and recommendations for each needle length – so you can confidently choose the right roller for your skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0.25 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved absorption of serums and hair growth products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild skin stimulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for more sensitive skin and frequent treatments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0.5 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan help improve skin texture, pores, and minor scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor skin texture and light hair and beard stimulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalance between effect and recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.0 mm:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor more experienced users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used on skin with more pronounced texture or scarring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOften used on the scalp to stimulate dormant hair follicles in combination with hair serums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires longer recovery time between treatments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and Aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare Bio roller G4:\u003c\/strong\u003e Disinfect the roller by letting the head sit in 70% isopropyl alcohol for 5–10 minutes (use the integrated disinfection tank).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thoroughly clean the treatment area. For longer needles, anesthetic cream can be used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExecution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Divide the treatment area into sections. Roll 3–4 times in one direction and lift the roller between each stroke. Then change direction - vertically, horizontally, and diagonally - until the entire area is evenly treated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare for the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply a suitable serum to the treated area. Avoid makeup, strong acids, retinoids, and direct sunlight after the treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean Bio roller G4:\u003c\/strong\u003e After the treatment, clean thoroughly and store in a protective cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio Roller G4 is designed for individuals who want to combine skin improvement with hair or beard stimulation in one tool. It is suitable for most skin types and can be used on both skin and scalp when the right needle length and frequency selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperficial scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSparse or uneven beard growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, skin infections, or open wounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions about Bio Roller G4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Bio Roller G4 CE-marked?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Bio Roller G4 is CE-marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Bio Roller G4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio Roller G4 is a dermaroller with 1200 microneedles in stainless steel, designed for microneedling on skin and scalp to support skin improvement and hair growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many needles does Bio Roller G4 have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio Roller G4 is equipped with 1200 needles, providing high coverage and many microchannels with each stroke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat different needle lengths does Bio Roller G4 have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio Roller G4 comes in needle lengths of 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, and 1.0 mm so that the treatment can be tailored to needs and area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Bio Roller G4 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith shorter needles, the treatment is usually perceived as mild. Longer needles may feel more, especially on the scalp, but the discomfort can often be managed through proper technique and longer intervals between treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Bio Roller G4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommended treatment interval is every other to every sixth week, depending on skin condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrengthen skin and hair deeply with Bio Roller G4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio Roller G4 is a versatile dermaroller with 1200 needles in stainless steel, designed for those who want to work with both skin rejuvenation and hair\/beard stimulation. With multiple needle lengths, an integrated disinfection tank, and high needle density, it is an effective tool for both home users and professionals who want to optimize results and hygiene in their microneedling routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Bio Roller G4 CE-marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, Bio Roller G4 is CE-marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is Bio Roller G4?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Bio Roller G4 is a dermaroller with 1200 microneedles in stainless steel, designed for microneedling on skin and scalp to support skin improvement and hair growth.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many needles does Bio Roller G4 have?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Bio Roller G4 is equipped with 1200 needles, providing high coverage and many microchannels with each stroke.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What different needle lengths does Bio Roller G4 have?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Bio Roller G4 is available in needle lengths of 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, and 1.0 mm to tailor the treatment to needs and area.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Bio Roller G4 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"With shorter needles, the treatment is usually perceived as mild. Longer needles can be felt more, especially in the scalp, but the discomfort can often be managed with the right technique and longer intervals between treatments.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can I use Bio Roller G4?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The recommended treatment interval is every two to six weeks, depending on skin condition.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/QE5qfz0VoiE?si=eM8Gu-pmeAe4bHU4\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"0.25 mm","offer_id":53483524817225,"sku":"Bio Roller G4 0-25","price":299.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true},{"title":"0.5 mm","offer_id":53483524849993,"sku":"Bio Roller G4 0-5","price":299.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true},{"title":"1.0 mm","offer_id":53483524882761,"sku":"Bio Roller G4 1-0","price":299.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/bio-roller-g4-microneedling-roller-med-lock-ansiktsbehandling_jpg.jpg?v=1765312927"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-a20","title":"Dr. Pen A20","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A20 is an advanced, FDA-approved medical microneedling pen designed for professional results in skin rejuvenation and skin repair.\u003c\/strong\u003e With its groundbreaking technology for precise needle penetration, adjustable depth, and ergonomic design, A20 provides controlled and effective treatments - from fine lines and scars to improved texture and overall skin tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful high-frequency motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e With speeds between approximately 6,300–7,700 RPM and up to 105–128 stamps per second, Dr. Pen A20 makes the treatment fast, smooth, and efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e With an adjustable needle depth from 0 to 2.5 mm, the treatment can be customized according to both area and skin condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdvanced Vertical Oscillation System (AVOS):\u003c\/strong\u003e This technology ensures smooth, vertical needle movements with minimal trauma to the skin's surface - providing more comfort and faster healing.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented LocVent™ membranes and SnapConnect™ design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Patented cartridge systems with anti-backflow and secure three-snap connection minimize the risk of contamination and ensure stability during treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerformance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for professional use with long battery life (up to about 3–4 hours per charge) and LED display for speed and battery status.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the face thoroughly. Apply numbing cream if needed for extra comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a new, sterile needle cartridge. Adjust the needle depth according to the treatment area - from 0.25 mm for superficial needs to 2.0 mm for deeper treatments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApply serum:\u003c\/strong\u003e Choose a suitable serum and apply before the treatment to maximize absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExecution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Treat in controlled movements vertically, horizontally, and diagonally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish by applying a soothing serum. Avoid makeup, direct sunlight, and intense physical activity for the next 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e For best results and optimal collagen stimulation, repeat the treatment every 4–6 weeks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A20 is specially designed for those seeking professional microneedling precision and customizable treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A20 is best suited for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkin therapists and clinics looking to deliver consistent results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividuals in need of advanced skin rejuvenation and texture improvement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThose wanting to treat fine lines, scars, pigmentation, and large pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active acne, skin inflammation, open wounds, or infection in the treatment area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen A20\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 × 14 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 × Protective bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Dr. Pen A20\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen A20 CE marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE marked and certified as medical equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Dr. Pen A20?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A20 is an FDA-approved, medical microneedling pen with adjustable needle depth and advanced AVOS technology, designed for professional skin treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dr. Pen A20 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pain that may occur is a tingling sensation and varies depending on needle depth and individual, but higher speed and vertical movements are designed to reduce discomfort compared to older models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can I use Dr. Pen A20?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor full microneedling, treatment is recommended every 4-6 weeks. For lighter nano-treatments with shorter needle depth, you can treat somewhat more often, depending on how quickly your skin recovers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does a needle head last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach needle cartridge is intended for single use and should be replaced after each treatment to ensure optimal sterility and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen A20?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid makeup, sauna, intense exercise, aggressive skincare, and direct sunlight for the first 24 hours. Use soothing products and sunscreen thereafter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A20 - the premium technology that elevates your skincare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A20 is an advanced microneedling pen with professional performance, industry-leading customization options, and safe, sterile disposable needles. It combines precision, power, and hygiene to provide a complete microneedling tool for clinics and advanced users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen A20 CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked and certified as medical equipment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is Dr. Pen A20?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Dr. Pen A20 is an FDA-approved, medical microneedling pen with adjustable needle depth and advanced AVOS technology, designed for professional skin treatments.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen A20 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The pain that may occur is a tingling sensation and It varies depending on needle depth and individual, but higher speed and vertical movements are designed to reduce discomfort compared to older models.\" }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"How often can I use Dr. Pen A20?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"For full microneedling, treatment is recommended every 4–6 weeks. For lighter nano-treatments with shorter needle depth, you can treat somewhat more often, depending on how quickly your skin recovers.\"\n }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"How long does a needle head last?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"Each needle cartridge is intended for single use and should be replaced after each treatment to ensure optimal sterility and safety.\"\n }\n },\n {\n \"@type\": \"Question\",\n \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen A20?\",\n \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n \"text\": \"Avoid makeup, sauna, intense exercise, aggressive skincare, and direct sunlight for the first 24 hours. Use soothing products and sunscreen thereafter.\"\n }\n }\n ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53556880769353,"sku":"DRP-A20","price":4799.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-a20-microneedling-pen-laddningsstation-professionell-hudvard_jpg.jpg?v=1767443093"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-q1s","title":"Dr. Pen Q1S","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen Q1S is an advanced microneedling pen developed for skin rejuvenation and improved skin texture.\u003c\/strong\u003e The device combines mechanical needle penetration with technologies like EMS microcurrent and LED light - to stimulate the skin on multiple levels. The aim is to support firmness, radiance, even tone, and improved absorption of active ingredients.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEMS:\u003c\/strong\u003e It is an electrical microcurrent that stimulates the superficial musculature of the skin and can give a more defined and firmer feel to the skin. The technology complements the mechanical stimulation of microneedling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLED light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Pen Q1S uses two types of LED light.\u003cbr\u003e- Blue light - soothing and balancing\u003cbr\u003e- Red light - promotes vitality and radiance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e With an adjustable needle depth from 0 to 1.5 mm, the treatment can be customized according to both area and skin condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign and performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Pen Q1S has a simple and sleek design that combines functionality with user-friendliness. It is designed for smooth handling and efficient use, with a battery life of up to three hours for reliable and flexible operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrepare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clean the area thoroughly and disinfect the skin. Apply anesthetic cream if needed for increased comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a new, sterile needle cartridge. Adjust the needle depth according to the treatment area - approximately 0.25 mm for the sensitive skin around the eyes and 0.5-1.0 mm for the rest of the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExecution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Apply a suitable serum and work systematically over the skin with calm, controlled strokes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAftercare the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Finish the treatment with a soothing serum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight redness after treatment is normal with microneedling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the treatment, aftercare is crucial to optimize the result and protect the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsider the following:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid makeup and strong or active ingredients during the first day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse sunscreen during sun exposure to protect the skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply a moisturizing serum or a soothing cream to support the skin's recovery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid sauna, intense exercise, and direct sun exposure during the first 24 hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for whom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen Q1S is suitable for people with all skin types who want to improve skin texture and firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReducing fine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAchieving more radiance and even skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproving skin texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreasing absorption of serums and active ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for open wounds, skin infection, or severely irritated skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen Q1S\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 25 pins needle head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Dr. Pen Q1S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Dr. Pen Q1S CE marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Dr. Pen Q1S hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe experience varies depending on needle depth and skin type, but the Dr. Pen Q1S EMS function can contribute to a more comfortable feeling during the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Dr. Pen Q1S on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Dr. Pen Q1S can be used to stimulate hair growth, provided the correct needle depth and suitable serum are used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean Dr. Pen Q1S after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the pen's surface with disinfectant. The needles are intended for single use and should be disposed of immediately after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen Q1S?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid sun, makeup, sauna, and strong skin products for the first 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTransform the skin's texture with Dr. Pen Q1S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen Q1S is an advanced microneedling pen for general skin rejuvenation, complemented with EMS and LED light for maximum treatment flexibility and skin stimulation. It is designed for those who want to elevate their treatments with modern hybrid technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Dr. Pen Q1S CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Dr. Pen Q1S hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The experience varies depending on needle depth and skin type, but the Dr. Pen Q1S EMS function can contribute to a more comfortable feeling during the treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use Dr. Pen Q1S on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, Dr. Pen Q1S can be used to stimulate hair growth, provided the correct needle depth and suitable serum are used.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I clean Dr. Pen Q1S after use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Wipe the pen's surface with disinfectant. The needles are intended for single use and should be disposed of immediately after use.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should I avoid after a treatment with Dr. Pen Q1S?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Avoid sun, makeup, sauna, and strong skin products for the first 24 hours.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/KZbuiBj6GLE?si=k19yEyW_dpyDWHE7\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53556902920521,"sku":"DRP-Q1S","price":2079.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/bio-pen-q1s-microneedling-penna-led-ems-professionell-hudbehandling_jpg.jpg?v=1766398930"},{"product_id":"bio-pen-bio-6","title":"Bio Pen Bio 6","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBio Pen Bio 6 is a professional microneedling stamp developed to stimulate hair follicles, improve blood circulation, and increase the effectiveness of active ingredients in the scalp.\u003c\/strong\u003e With 140 individual precision needles, ergonomic design, and multiple complementary technologies, Bio 6 offers an advanced treatment for hair growth and scalp health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e140 micron needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bio 6 uses 140 precision needles made of stainless steel. The needles create controlled microchannels in the scalp to enhance absorption and stimulate hair follicle activity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLED light:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bio 6 uses both red and blue LED light, where red light is used for vitality\/circulation and blue light for a calming effect.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bio 6 has a grip-friendly handle, clear button design, and a stable needle head for even penetration over the scalp.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEMS:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrical muscle stimulation provides microcirculation and stimulates cell activity in the scalp.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsage and treatment areas:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBio 6 is primarily developed for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHair growth stimulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved nutrient absorption in the scalp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased microcirculation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport for thinning hair growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStimulation of hair follicles\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTreatment steps:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the desired needle length in your Bio 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActivate EMS, vibration, or LED light depending on what is desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreat the scalp in sections by pressing the needle head controlled against the skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply serum directly afterward for optimal absorption\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for whom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio 6 is primarily intended for professional practitioners and clinics in scalp health and hair growth stimulation, but can also be used at home provided the instructions are followed carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for use in case of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScalp infection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePsoriasis or eczema in the treatment area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen wounds or inflammatory conditions\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Bio 6\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × Needles (0.5 mm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCommon questions about Bio Pen Bio 6\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Bio Pen Bio 6 CE marked?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the product is CE marked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many needles does Bio 6 have and what material are they made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio 6 uses a needle head with 140 individual micron needles, made of high-precision and sharp stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich techniques are combined in Bio 6?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling, EMS, high-frequency vibration and red\/blue LED light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Bio 6 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio 6 is developed for scalp treatments and is used to stimulate hair follicles, increase microcirculation, and improve the absorption of active serums in hair growth-related treatments.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment with Bio 6 hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA tingling sensation may occur but Bio 6 uses high-frequency vibrations to alleviate any discomfort and make the treatment more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrengthen your scalp with Bio 6 - advanced microneedling for professional results\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBio 6 is an advanced microneedling stamp developed for scalp treatments with high precision. It combines 140 stainless steel microneedles, EMS, vibration, and LED light for a comprehensive and result-oriented treatment targeting hair growth and scalp health.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is Bio Pen Bio 6 CE marked?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the product is CE marked.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many needles does Bio 6 have and what material are they made of?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Bio 6 uses a needle head with 140 individual microneedles, made of high precision and sharp stainless steel.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What techniques are combined in Bio 6?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Microneedling, EMS, high-frequency vibration, and red\/blue LED light.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is Bio 6 used for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Bio 6 is developed for scalp treatments and is used to stimulate hair follicles, increase microcirculation, and improve the absorption of active serums in hair growth-related treatments.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment with Bio 6 hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A tingling sensation may occur but Bio 6 uses high-frequency vibrations to alleviate any discomfort and make the treatment more comfortable.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/iz2-U1uC_ug?si=kR0i8NrOFi2ze2EC\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53557267038537,"sku":"BIO-BIO6","price":1359.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/bio-pen-bio6-microneedling-ems-LED-ansiktsbehandling-penna_jpg.jpg?v=1767460707"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-m9","title":"Dr. Pen M9","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen M9 is an advanced microneedling pen developed to improve skin texture, stimulate collagen production, and give the skin a more even and firmer appearance – a modern tool for both professional treatments and home use.\u003c\/strong\u003e With upgraded technology, a digital display, adjustable needle depth, and both cordless and corded operation, Dr. Pen M9 offers high precision, stable performance, and flexible use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable needle depth from 0 mm up to 2.5 mm for customized treatments depending on the skin area and needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital display and easy control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Pen M9 is equipped with a digital display that makes it easy to adjust the speed and monitor the device settings during treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCordless use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The device can be used both wirelessly and with a cable for maximum flexibility during treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and powerful motor:\u003c\/strong\u003e The upgraded motor is developed for smooth and stable needle movement, which contributes to a more controlled and comfortable treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSterile disposable needles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with sterile needle heads that are individually packaged for hygienic and safe use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncreased absorption of skincare products:\u003c\/strong\u003e Microneedling helps the skin absorb active serums and skincare ingredients more effectively after treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for both clinic and home use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thanks to adjustable settings and a user-friendly design, Dr. Pen M9 is suitable for both professional users and people who want to perform microneedling at home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleanse the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wash and disinfect the skin thoroughly before treatment. Then attach a new sterile needle head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose needle depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust the needle depth according to the treatment area. Lower depths are used for sensitive areas, while deeper settings are used for scars and uneven skin texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerform the treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Move the pen over the skin with controlled motions in vertical, horizontal, and diagonal directions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApply serum afterward:\u003c\/strong\u003e After treatment, a moisturizing and soothing serum can be applied to support the skin’s recovery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid irritation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Avoid makeup, strong acids, direct sunlight, and intense exercise during the first 24 hours after treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M9 is suitable for people who want to work on skin improvement, skin texture, and collagen stimulation through microneedling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective against:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines and reduced elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin texture and large pores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcne scars and other types of scars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTired and dull skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e for active skin infection, inflamed skin, or active acne.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Dr. Pen M9\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × 18-pin needle heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Dr. Pen M9\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Dr. Pen M9 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M9 is used for microneedling treatments aimed at improving skin texture, stimulating collagen production, and giving the skin a more even appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan Dr. Pen M9 be used at home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Dr. Pen M9 is designed for both home use and professional use thanks to its adjustable settings and user-friendly design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the needle heads sterile?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the needle heads are sterile disposable products and should be replaced after each treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often can Dr. Pen M9 be used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull microneedling is usually recommended every 4–6 weeks depending on the treatment area and needle depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan Dr. Pen M9 be used on the scalp?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Dr. Pen M9 can also be used for scalp treatments together with adapted serums and the correct needle depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the treatment hurt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe treatment may feel slightly prickly depending on the needle depth and skin area. For deeper treatments, numbing cream is sometimes used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you clean Dr. Pen M9?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter use, the needle head should be removed and discarded. The device itself is carefully cleaned with disinfectant or alcohol-based cleaner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should be avoided after microneedling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid direct sunlight, makeup, saunas, strong skincare products, and intense exercise during the first 24 hours after treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExperience advanced microneedling with Dr. Pen M9\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M9 combines modern technology, user-friendly design, and high precision to provide an effective microneedling treatment at home or in a professional environment. With adjustable needle depth, digital display, and sterile disposable needles, Dr. Pen M9 is developed for safe and targeted skin improvement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is Dr. Pen M9 used for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Dr. Pen M9 is used for microneedling treatments aimed at improving skin texture, stimulate collagen production, and give the skin a more even appearance.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can Dr. Pen M9 be used at home?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, Dr. Pen M9 is developed for both home use and professional use thanks to its adjustable settings and user-friendly design.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are the needle heads sterile?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, the needle heads are sterile disposable products and should be replaced after each treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often can Dr. Pen M9 be used?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A full microneedling is usually recommended every 4–6 weeks depending on the treatment area and needle depth.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can Dr. Pen M9 be used on the scalp?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, Dr. Pen M9 can also be used for scalp treatments together with adapted serums and the correct needle depth.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the treatment hurt?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The treatment may feel slightly prickly depending on the needle depth and skin area. For deeper treatments, numbing cream is sometimes used.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do you clean Dr. Pen M9?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"After use, the needle head should be removed and discarded. The device itself is carefully cleaned with disinfectant or alcohol-based cleaning solution.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What should be avoided after microneedling?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Avoid direct sunlight, makeup, saunas, strong skincare products, and intense exercise during the first 24 hours after treatment.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/rdo5wk3EfBo?si=7EGvpTkZyDv2Un6D\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54291595460937,"sku":null,"price":2239.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/dr-pen-m9-microneedling-penna-vit-digital-display_jpg.jpg?v=1778062670"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-mis20","title":"Dr. Pen MIS20","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen Micro-Infusion System is a complete at-home skincare kit for micro-infusion, where 20 microneedles are combined with serum application in one single step.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 0.25 mm long microneedles create small microchannels while the serum is distributed over the skin. The system comes with two types of serum, four disposable stamps, and five moisturizing face masks for a complete treatment routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenefits and features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 microneedles for even serum distribution:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each stamp is equipped with 20 microneedles arranged in a circular pattern to distribute the serum evenly over the treatment area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0.25 mm microneedles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each stamp has 0.25 mm long microneedles made of 24K gold-plated stainless steel and is developed for at-home micro-infusion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSerum and micro-infusion in the same step:\u003c\/strong\u003e The serum ampoule connects directly to the stamp head. The serum can then be distributed through the stamp head while the microneedles come into contact with the skin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect connection to the serum ampoule:\u003c\/strong\u003e The design allows the serum bottle to connect directly to the micro-infusion head without first having to pour the serum into a separate container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo complementary serums:\u003c\/strong\u003e The package contains two Anti-Aging Serums and two Brightening Serums intended to be used alternately during the treatment program.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoisturizing face masks:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five moisturizing face masks are included for use after the micro-infusion treatment. The mask is applied for 15–20 minutes after the treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisposable stamps:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each microneedle stamp is intended for one treatment only and should not be reused.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow Dr. Pen MIS20 works:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMIS20 combines serum application and micro-infusion in the same system. The serum ampoule connects directly to the stamp head, and the serum is distributed through the 20 microneedles when the stamp is used on the skin. The microneedles are arranged in a circular pattern for even distribution across the treatment area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike a system where serum is first applied separately to the skin, the serum ampoule is directly connected to the MIS20 stamp. This simplifies application and reduces the need to transfer serum between different containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo serums for different skincare needs:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Aging Serum\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnti-Aging Serum is developed for skincare focused on fine lines and the skin's elasticity. The formula contains, among other things, adenosine and Syn-Ake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrightening Serum\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrightening Serum is developed for skincare focused on radiance and a more even skin tone. The formula contains, among other things, glutathione and Ethyl Ascorbic Acid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse and aftercare:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleanse the skin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cleanse the face thoroughly before the treatment and make sure the skin is free from makeup and other products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttach the stamp head:\u003c\/strong\u003e Connect a new microneedle stamp head directly to the serum ampoule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApply:\u003c\/strong\u003e Press the stamp head gently and evenly against the skin so that the serum is distributed over the treatment area. Avoid unnecessary hard pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApply face mask:\u003c\/strong\u003e After the treatment, apply one of the included moisturizing face masks. Leave the mask on for about 15–20 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAfter the treatment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Let the skin rest after the treatment and avoid washing the treated area with water during the first 6 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiscard the stamp head:\u003c\/strong\u003e The microneedle stamp is intended for single use and should be discarded after the treatment is completed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended 2-month program:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne treatment every other week is recommended for a total of two months. The two serum types are used alternately during the four treatments:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreatment 1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brightening Serum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreatment 2:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-Aging Serum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreatment 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brightening Serum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTreatment 4:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anti-Aging Serum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA new serum ampoule and a new microneedle stamp are used for each treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is it suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen MIS20 is suitable for those who want to take their skincare routine to the next level and combine micro-infusion with serums tailored to different skin needs. The treatment system is developed for those who want to work on fine lines, uneven skin tone, reduced elasticity, and dull skin – with a focus on smoother, more even, and more radiant skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeveloped for skincare focused on:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced skin elasticity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven skin tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDull skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry and dehydrated skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSkin texture and radiance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × Anti-Aging Serum, 5 ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × Brightening Serum, 5 ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 × Microneedle stamp with 20 needles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 × Face masks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Storage box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions about Dr. Pen MIS20\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Dr. Pen MIS20?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen MIS20 is an at-home micro-infusion system where a serum ampoule is connected directly to a stamp head with 20 microneedles. The serum is distributed through the stamp head while the skin is treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long are the needles on Dr. Pen MIS20?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe microneedles are 0.25 mm long. Each stamp head contains 20 microneedles made of 24K gold-plated stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I reuse a MIS20 stamp head?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Each microneedle stamp is intended for single use and should be discarded after the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the serum already filled in the stamp head?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The serum is delivered in separate 5 ml ampoules. A new stamp head is connected directly to the serum ampoule before the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich serums are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains a total of four serum ampoules: two Anti-Aging Serums and two Brightening Serums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should Dr. Pen MIS20 be used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recommended 2-month program consists of four treatments, with one treatment every other week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould the two serum types be used at the same time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. According to the recommended treatment program, Brightening Serum and Anti-Aging Serum are used alternately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I do after a MIS20 treatment?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the micro-infusion treatment, apply one of the included face masks and leave it on the skin for about 15–20 minutes. Then avoid washing the treated area with water during the first 6 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many treatments does one package last for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package contains four serum ampoules and four microneedle stamps and is therefore designed for four micro-infusion treatments during the recommended 2-month program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen MIS20 – complete at-home micro-infusion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen MIS20 combines a 0.25 mm microneedle stamp with direct serum application in a compact system for at-home use. With 20 microneedles per stamp, two complementary serum types, and moisturizing face masks, the package contains everything needed for four treatments over two months.\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is Dr. Pen MIS20?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Dr. Pen MIS20 is an at-home micro-infusion system where a serum ampoule is connected directly to a stamp head with 20 microneedles. The serum is distributed through the stamp head while the skin is treated.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long are the needles on Dr. Pen MIS20?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The microneedles are 0.25 mm long. Each stamp head contains 20 microneedles made of 24K gold-plated stainless steel.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I reuse a MIS20 stamp head?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Each microneedle stamp is intended for single use and should be discarded after the treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the serum already filled in the stamp head?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. The serum is delivered in separate 5 ml ampoules. A new stamp head is connected directly to the serum ampoule before the treatment.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which serums are included?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The package contains a total of four serum ampoules: two Anti-Aging Serums and two Brightening Serums.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How often should Dr. Pen MIS20 be used?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The recommended 2-month program consists of four treatments, with one treatment every other week.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Should the two serum types be used at the same time?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. According to the recommended treatment program, Brightening Serum and Anti-Aging Serum are used alternately.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What do I do after a MIS20 treatment?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"After the micro-infusion treatment, apply one of the included face masks and leave it on the skin for about 15–20 minutes. Then avoid washing the treated area with water during the first 6 hours.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many treatments does one package last for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The package contains four serum ampoules and four microneedle stamps and is therefore designed for four micro-infusion treatments during the recommended 2-month program.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e  \n\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/7urp585VQyI?si=7DQjd0MCDrkYECdN\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54998403449161,"sku":"DRP-MIS20","price":1119.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/DrpenMIS20_2.png?v=1789116552"},{"product_id":"microneedling-starter-kit","title":"Microneedling Starter Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiscover a complete microneedling routine for home use\u003c\/strong\u003e with Microneedling Starter Kit – a carefully curated package for those who want to get started with microneedling while also building a simple skincare routine around the treatment. The kit combines Dr. Pen M8S with cleansing, hyaluronic acid, and a moisturizing face cream for a complete routine from cleansing to aftercare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen M8S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of our most popular models is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-m8s\"\u003ethe versatile microneedling pen Dr. Pen M8S\u003c\/a\u003e, with a digital display, six speed levels, and adjustable needle depth up to 2.5 mm. The pen can be used both cordless and with a cord and is an excellent option for those who want to get started with microneedling at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSnail All In One Cleanser 115ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the first step in the skincare routine, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/snail-all-in-one-cleanser-115ml\"\u003ethe gentle Snail All In One Cleanser\u003c\/a\u003e helps remove dirt, sebum, and impurities from the skin. The cleanser leaves the skin clean and fresh for the skincare steps that follow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic Acid Serum 30ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo add moisture, the kit includes \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaluronic-acid-serum-30ml\"\u003ea serum with hyaluronic acid\u003c\/a\u003e that helps the skin retain moisture and contributes to a softer, smoother feel. The serum is well suited to a skincare routine focused on hydration and a plumper feel in the skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4D Hyaluronic Acid Gel Moisturizer 50g\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe routine is completed with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4d-hyaluronic-acid-gel-moisturizer-50g\"\u003e4D Hyaluronic Acid Gel Moisturizer\u003c\/a\u003e, a lightweight gel cream with multiple forms of hyaluronic acid that helps moisturize the skin and maintain its moisture balance. As the final step, it leaves the skin soft, supple, and hydrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Microneedling Starter Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Cleanse the skin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStart by cleansing the face with Snail All In One Cleanser to remove dirt, sebum, and makeup. Rinse thoroughly and allow the skin to dry completely before the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Prepare Dr. Pen M8S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAttach a new, sterile needle cartridge to Dr. Pen M8S and choose a needle depth and speed suitable for the area being treated. Always use a new needle cartridge for each treatment and follow the instructions for use for Dr. Pen M8S.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Perform the microneedling treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWork systematically over the treatment area with Dr. Pen M8S according to the product instructions. Avoid irritated, inflamed, or damaged skin, and do not treat the same area more than necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Let the skin recover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter microneedling, the skin may be red, warm, or feel tight. Keep aftercare simple and avoid strong or active skincare ingredients until the skin has calmed down. Also avoid makeup during the first 24 hours after the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Return to your moisturizing skincare routine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnce the skin has calmed down, Hyaluronic Acid Serum can be used as part of the regular skincare routine to help the skin retain moisture. Follow with 4D Hyaluronic Acid Gel Moisturizer to hydrate and help maintain the skin's moisture balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Protect the skin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBe extra careful with the skin in the days after the treatment. Avoid strong exfoliating products, retinol, and other active ingredients until the skin feels restored, and minimize direct sun exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMicroneedling Starter Kit gives you a well-thought-out start\u003c\/strong\u003e with Dr. Pen M8S and selected skincare products for cleansing, hydration, and aftercare. A complete kit for those who want to get started with microneedling and create a simple routine around the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55054995947849,"sku":"KIT-M8S-STARTER","price":2180.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/MicroneedlingStarterKit.png?v=1786625462"},{"product_id":"glow-brightening-kit","title":"Glow \u0026 Brightening Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTake your glow routine to the next level\u003c\/strong\u003e with Glow and Brightening Kit – a complete package that combines microneedling with skincare selected for those who want to give dull skin more radiance and work on an uneven skin tone. In the kit, you get Dr. Pen M8S together with cleansing, vitamin C, and moisturizing skincare that together create a well-thought-out routine for fresher and more radiant skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen M8S\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the heart of the kit is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-m8s\"\u003eDr. Pen M8S for at-home microneedling\u003c\/a\u003e. The model has six selectable speed levels, a digital display, and an adjustable needle depth of up to 2.5 mm, making it possible to tailor the treatment to the area and need. M8S can also be used both wirelessly and connected with a cord for flexible treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSnail All In One Cleanser 115ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWell-cleansed skin is the foundation of the routine. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/snail-all-in-one-cleanser-115ml\"\u003eSnail All In One Cleanser provides gentle yet effective cleansing\u003c\/a\u003e that removes makeup, excess sebum, and impurities. The skin is left feeling clean and fresh and is ready for the next step in the skincare routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin C Serum 30ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe glow focus comes from \u003ca href=\"\/products\/vitamin-c-serum-30ml\"\u003eVitamin C Serum for radiance and a more even skin tone\u003c\/a\u003e. The serum is developed for a skincare routine where the goal is to counteract a dull appearance and contribute to clearer and more radiant skin. A natural choice for anyone who wants to add vitamin C to their daily skincare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4D Hyaluronic Acid Gel Moisturizer 50g\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo balance the glow routine with plenty of moisture, it is finished with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4d-hyaluronic-acid-gel-moisturizer-50g\"\u003ethe moisturizing 4D Hyaluronic Acid Gel Moisturizer\u003c\/a\u003e. The gel cream combines several forms of hyaluronic acid and helps the skin retain moisture. The lightweight texture provides a soft and smooth feel without making the routine unnecessarily heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Glow and Brightening Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Start with clean skin\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash your face with Snail All In One Cleanser and remove makeup, sebum, and other impurities. Rinse thoroughly and let the skin dry completely before starting the microneedling treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Prepare M8S for treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAttach a new and sterile needle cartridge to Dr. Pen M8S. Adjust the speed and needle depth according to the area to be treated and always follow the instructions for Dr. Pen M8S. The needle cartridge is intended for single use and should be replaced before each new treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Perform microneedling\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTreat the desired area methodically according to the user instructions for Dr. Pen M8S. Avoid areas where the skin is damaged, inflamed, or irritated, and avoid over-treating the same area of skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Give the skin time to recover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is normal for the skin to feel warm, tight, or look red after microneedling. Let the skin recover and keep skincare simple. Vitamin C, retinol, exfoliating acids, and other active ingredients should be avoided until the skin has calmed down. Also wait to use makeup during the first 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Continue with your brightening routine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen the skin feels restored, Vitamin C Serum can return to its place in the regular skincare routine. Apply the serum to cleansed skin and follow with 4D Hyaluronic Acid Gel Moisturizer to add moisture and help preserve the skin’s moisture balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Don’t forget sunscreen\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe skin may be extra sensitive after microneedling. Limit direct sun exposure and use suitable sun protection during the day. Wait with exfoliation and other powerful active ingredients until the skin feels fully restored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGlow and Brightening Kit brings together microneedling, glow, and hydration in one and the same routine.\u003c\/strong\u003e With Dr. Pen M8S as the starting point and skincare including vitamin C and hyaluronic acid, you get a well-thought-out package for anyone who wants to work on dull skin, uneven skin tone, and a more radiant look.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55056783278409,"sku":"KIT-M8S-GLOW","price":2180.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/Glow_BrighteningKit.png?v=1786707709"},{"product_id":"anti-age-kit","title":"Anti-Age Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuild a more targeted routine for mature skin\u003c\/strong\u003e with Anti-Age Kit – a complete package that combines microneedling with skincare selected for those who want to address fine lines, reduced firmness, and skin that feels less elastic. The kit combines Dr. Pen A11 with cleansing, collagen, peptides, and moisturizing skincare for a well-thought-out anti-aging routine at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A11\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe foundation of the kit is the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-a11\"\u003eexclusive microneedling pen Dr. Pen A11.\u003c\/a\u003e\u0026nbsp;With six speed levels and an adjustable needle depth from 0 to 2.5 mm, the treatment can be adapted to different areas and needs. This model is particularly interesting in an anti-aging routine where the focus is on skin texture, firmness, elasticity, and visible fine lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSnail All In One Cleanser 115ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn anti-aging routine begins with properly cleansed skin. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/snail-all-in-one-cleanser-115ml\"\u003eSnail All In One Cleanser gently cleanses the skin\u003c\/a\u003e of makeup, excess sebum, and daily impurities without making the routine more complicated than necessary. It works as a natural first step before the skincare that follows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCollagen + Peptides Serum 30ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor daily anti-aging care, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/collagen-serum-30ml\"\u003eCollagen + Peptides Serum for mature skin\u003c\/a\u003e is included. The formula combines collagen and peptides with, among other things, Pro-Xylane, Bifida Ferment Lysate, and ectoin to moisturize the skin and help provide a firmer, smoother, and plumper feel. The serum is especially suitable for skin with fine lines, reduced elasticity, or a need for extra moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePro Collagen Cream 50g\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the final step in the routine, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pro-collagen-cream-50g\"\u003ePro Collagen Cream with collagen and peptides\u003c\/a\u003e is used. The cream also contains hyaluronic acid as well as vitamins C and E, and helps the skin retain moisture while contributing to a softer, smoother, and more elastic feel. The lightweight texture absorbs quickly and can be used both morning and evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Anti-Age Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Cleanse the skin thoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWash the face with Snail All In One Cleanser to remove makeup, sebum, and other impurities. Rinse the skin thoroughly and let it dry completely before preparing for the microneedling treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Prepare Dr. Pen A11\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAttach a new, sterile needle cartridge and choose the speed and needle depth based on the treatment area and your experience level. Always follow the instructions for Dr. Pen A11 and never use the same needle cartridge for multiple treatment sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Perform the treatment methodically\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWork systematically over the selected skin area according to the user instructions for Dr. Pen A11. Avoid skin that is inflamed, irritated, or damaged, and be careful not to over-treat the same area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Prioritize recovery after microneedling\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter the treatment, the skin may temporarily become red, warm, or feel tight. Keep skincare simple while the skin recovers and avoid strong active ingredients, exfoliation, and retinol until the skin feels calm. Also avoid makeup, direct sun, saunas, and intense exercise during the first 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Return to your anti-aging routine\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnce the skin has recovered, Collagen + Peptides Serum can be reintroduced into your regular skincare routine. Apply the serum to cleansed skin and then follow with Pro Collagen Cream to help the skin retain moisture and provide a soft and supple feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Complement with sun protection during the day\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe skin may be extra sensitive to external factors after microneedling. Limit direct sun exposure and use suitable sun protection during the day. Wait to use powerful active ingredients until the skin feels fully restored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Age Kit combines microneedling and targeted skincare in a complete routine.\u003c\/strong\u003e Dr. Pen A11 is complemented by collagen, peptides, and moisturizing ingredients for those who want to address fine lines, reduced firmness, and softer, smoother, and more elastic skin.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55056802021705,"sku":"KIT-A11-ANTIAGE","price":2989.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/Anti-AgeKit.png?v=1786711885"},{"product_id":"premium-anti-aging-kit","title":"Premium Anti-Aging Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade your anti-age routine with a more exclusive combination of microneedling and skincare\u003c\/strong\u003e with Premium Anti-Aging Kit. The package is put together for those who want to place extra focus on fine lines, firmness, elasticity, and moisture. Dr. Pen H6 takes center stage and is complemented by cleansing, two selected serums, and a collagen cream for a comprehensive routine for mature skin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen H6\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat gives the kit its premium character is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-h6\"\u003ethe innovative microneedling pen Dr. Pen H6\u003c\/a\u003e. The model combines adjustable needle depth from 0 to 2.0 mm and six speed levels with an integrated 3 ml serum container. H6 also has built-in red and blue LED light, which provides more functions gathered in the same device and makes it an exciting choice for a more extensive skincare routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSnail All In One Cleanser 115ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo create a good foundation, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/snail-all-in-one-cleanser-115ml\"\u003eSnail All In One Cleanser for gentle facial cleansing\u003c\/a\u003e is included. It helps remove makeup, excess sebum, and impurities and leaves the skin feeling clean and fresh. Use the cleanser as the first step in your daily skincare routine and before microneedling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic Acid Serum 30ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoisture is a central part of a well-balanced anti-age routine. That is why the kit contains \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaluronic-acid-serum-30ml\"\u003eHyaluronic Acid Serum for softer, more hydrated-feeling skin\u003c\/a\u003e. Hyaluronic acid helps the skin retain moisture and is especially suitable when the skin feels dry, tight, or needs an extra moisture boost in the regular skincare routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCollagen + Peptides Serum 30ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe anti-age focus is enhanced with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/collagen-serum-30ml\"\u003eCollagen + Peptides Serum for firmness and mature skin\u003c\/a\u003e. The combination of collagen and peptides is complemented by, among other things, Pro-Xylane, Bifida Ferment Lysate, and ectoin. The serum is suitable for a routine where the goal is to care for skin with fine lines, reduced elasticity, and a need for extra moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePro Collagen Cream 50g\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs the final skincare step, you get \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pro-collagen-cream-50g\"\u003ePro Collagen Cream for a fuller anti-age routine\u003c\/a\u003e. The cream combines collagen and peptides with, among other things, hyaluronic acid as well as vitamins C and E. It helps preserve the skin’s moisture and provides a softer, smoother, and more elastic feel while rounding off the routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Premium Anti-Aging Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Prepare the skin with cleansing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStart with Snail All In One Cleanser to cleanse the skin of makeup, sebum, and impurities. Rinse thoroughly and make sure the skin is completely clean and dry before you begin microneedling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Get Dr. Pen H6 ready\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAttach a new and sterile needle cartridge and adjust the needle depth and speed according to the area to be treated. Dr. Pen H6 has an integrated serum container intended for a suitable sterile serum. Do not use a regular cosmetic serum in the container unless it is explicitly intended for use with microneedling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Perform the treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMove Dr. Pen H6 over the treatment area using even and controlled movements according to the product instructions. Avoid damaged, irritated, or inflamed skin and always use a new needle cartridge for each treatment session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Give the skin a calm recovery period\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRedness, a warm sensation, and tightness may temporarily occur after the treatment. Keep aftercare simple and avoid strong active ingredients while the skin recovers. During the first 24 hours, you should also avoid makeup, direct sun exposure, saunas, and intense exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Continue with serums between treatments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnce the skin has recovered, Hyaluronic Acid Serum and Collagen + Peptides Serum can be used as part of the regular skincare routine. Choose serum based on the skin’s needs or alternate them on different occasions. The cosmetic serums in the kit should not automatically be regarded as sterile serums intended for the serum container in Dr. Pen H6.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Finish with Pro Collagen Cream\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFollow up the serum with Pro Collagen Cream to add further moisture and complete the anti-age routine. The cream can be used both morning and evening once the skin has returned to its normal skincare routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7. Protect the skin after the treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBe especially careful with the skin during the recovery period and limit direct sun exposure. Use a suitable sunscreen during the day and wait with exfoliation, retinol, and other powerful active ingredients until the skin feels fully restored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Anti-Aging Kit is for those who want to take their anti-age routine one step further.\u003c\/strong\u003e The combination of Dr. Pen H6, hyaluronic acid, collagen, peptides, and complementary skincare gives you a well-thought-out premium kit focused on moisture, firmness, elasticity, and well-cared-for skin.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55056803004745,"sku":"KIT-H6-PREMIUM","price":3788.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/PremiumAnti-AgingKit.png?v=1787219982"},{"product_id":"complete-skin-renewal-kit","title":"Complete Skin Renewal Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGather your entire microneedling and skincare routine in one complete kit\u003c\/strong\u003e with Complete Skin Renewal Kit – our most comprehensive package for those who want to combine Dr. Pen A11 with a complete skincare routine for hydration, glow, firmness, and a more even skin feel. The kit includes cleansing, three complementary serums, and two face creams that make it easy to adapt your skincare to your skin’s needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A11\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the center of the kit is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-a11\"\u003ethe exclusive microneedling pen Dr. Pen A11\u003c\/a\u003e. With six speed levels and adjustable needle depth from 0 to 2.5 mm, the treatment can be tailored to different areas and needs. A11 is a versatile choice for those who want to work on, among other things, skin texture, fine lines, firmness, and a more even skin feel as part of their at-home routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSnail All In One Cleanser 115ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery well-thought-out skincare routine begins with cleansing. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/snail-all-in-one-cleanser-115ml\"\u003eSnail All In One Cleanser helps cleanse the skin\u003c\/a\u003e of makeup, excess sebum, and impurities while leaving the skin feeling clean and fresh. The cleanser works as the foundation for both daily skincare and preparation before microneedling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHyaluronic Acid Serum 30ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the skin needs extra hydration, there is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hyaluronic-acid-serum-30ml\"\u003eHyaluronic Acid Serum focused on intensive hydration\u003c\/a\u003e. Hyaluronic acid helps the skin retain moisture and contributes to a softer, smoother, and plumper feel. The serum is an easy choice in your daily routine when moisture balance is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCollagen + Peptides Serum 30ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a routine focused on firmness and mature skin, the package also includes \u003ca href=\"\/products\/collagen-serum-30ml\"\u003eCollagen + Peptides Serum with collagen and peptides\u003c\/a\u003e. The formula is complemented by, among other things, Pro-Xylane, Bifida Ferment Lysate, and ectoin, and is particularly suitable when you want to work on fine lines, elasticity, and a smoother skin feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVitamin C Serum 30ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo give the skincare routine a clear glow focus, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/vitamin-c-serum-30ml\"\u003eVitamin C Serum for radiance and a more even skin tone\u003c\/a\u003e is included. The serum fits into a routine for those who feel their skin looks dull or uneven and want to give the complexion a clearer and more radiant appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4D Hyaluronic Acid Gel Moisturizer 50g\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lighter skincare steps can be finished with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/4d-hyaluronic-acid-gel-moisturizer-50g\"\u003e4D Hyaluronic Acid Gel Moisturizer with multiple forms of hyaluronic acid\u003c\/a\u003e. The gel cream helps the skin retain moisture and provides a soft, smooth feel. The lightweight texture makes it especially useful when you want to finish your routine with hydration without a heavier cream.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePro Collagen Cream 50g\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the skin needs a richer finish, there is \u003ca href=\"\/products\/pro-collagen-cream-50g\"\u003ePro Collagen Cream with collagen, peptides, and hyaluronic acid\u003c\/a\u003e. The formula also contains vitamins C and E and is developed to moisturize and contribute to a softer, smoother, and more elastic feel. The cream can be used as the final step in your skincare routine both morning and evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to use Complete Skin Renewal Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Always start with cleansing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCleanse your face with Snail All In One Cleanser to remove makeup, sebum, and impurities. Before microneedling, the skin should be thoroughly cleansed and completely dry before beginning the treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Prepare Dr. Pen A11\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAttach a new and sterile needle cartridge to Dr. Pen A11. Adjust the speed and needle depth according to the area to be treated and always follow the product instructions. A new needle cartridge should be used for each treatment session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Perform the microneedling treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWork methodically over the desired treatment area according to the instructions for Dr. Pen A11. Avoid skin that is damaged, inflamed, or irritated, and avoid treating the same area more than necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Keep aftercare simple\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter the treatment, the skin may temporarily become red, warm, or feel tight. Give the skin time to recover and avoid retinol, exfoliating acids, vitamin C, and other powerful active ingredients until the skin has calmed down. Also avoid makeup during the first 24 hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Adapt the serums to your skin’s needs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhen the skin feels restored, the serums can be reintroduced into your regular skincare routine. Choose Hyaluronic Acid Serum when the focus is on hydration, Collagen + Peptides Serum when you want to work on firmness and mature skin, or Vitamin C Serum when you want to prioritize radiance and a more even skin tone. You do not need to use all three serums at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Finish with the right moisturizer\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter serum, you can choose 4D Hyaluronic Acid Gel Moisturizer for a lighter hydrating finish or Pro Collagen Cream when the skin needs a richer and more nourishing finish. The products can be alternated based on your skin’s needs and your morning or evening routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7. Protect the skin during the day\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter microneedling, the skin is extra sensitive to external influences. Limit direct sun exposure and use suitable sun protection during the day. Wait with exfoliation and other strong active ingredients until the skin feels fully restored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Skin Renewal Kit gives you the freedom to build a complete routine based on your skin’s daily condition and needs.\u003c\/strong\u003e With Dr. Pen A11, three targeted serums, and complementary skincare, you get a comprehensive package for microneedling, hydration, glow, and anti-aging in one and the same routine.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55056805069129,"sku":"KIT-A11-COMPLETE","price":3770.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/CompleteSkinRenewalKit.png?v=1786967010"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-m8s-microneedling-micro-infusion-kit","title":"Dr. Pen M8S Microneedling \u0026 Micro-Infusion Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen M8S Microneedling \u0026amp; Micro-Infusion Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e kombinerar två olika metoder för avancerad hudvård hemma. Kitet innehåller Dr. Pen M8S för justerbar microneedling och Dr. Pen MIS20 Micro-Infusion System med 0,25 mm mikronålar, serum och återfuktande ansiktsmasker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M8S ger dig möjlighet att anpassa nåldjup och hastighet efter behandlingsområde och hudvårdsrutin, medan MIS20 kombinerar micro-infusion och serumapplicering i ett och samma system. Tillsammans får du ett mångsidigt kit med fokus på hudstruktur, lyster, återfuktning, fina linjer och en jämnare hudkänsla.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFördelar med Dr. Pen M8S Microneedling \u0026amp; Micro-Infusion Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTvå kompletterande system för microneedling och micro-infusion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDr. Pen M8S med justerbart nåldjup från 0 till 2,5 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSex hastighetsnivåer och digital display för flexibel användning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMIS20 med 20 mikronålar på 0,25 mm för micro-infusion i hemmet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFyra serumampuller med två olika inriktningar: Anti-Aging och Brightening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFyra engångsstampar och fem återfuktande ansiktsmasker ingår med MIS20.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEtt mångsidigt kit för hudvård med fokus på struktur, lyster, återfuktning och elasticitet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetta ingår i Dr. Pen M8S Microneedling \u0026amp; Micro-Infusion Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDr. Pen M8S\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-m8s\"\u003eDr. Pen M8S\u003c\/a\u003e är en microneedling-penna med digital display, sex hastighetsnivåer och justerbart nåldjup upp till 2,5 mm. Modellen kan användas både trådlöst och med sladd och är utvecklad för dig som vill kunna anpassa behandlingen efter olika hudområden och behov.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M8S levereras med två sterila 18-pin nålhuvuden samt adapter, USB-C-kabel, fodral och manual. Nålhuvudena är avsedda för engångsanvändning och ska bytas efter varje behandling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDr. Pen MIS20 Micro-Infusion System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-mis20\"\u003eDr. Pen MIS20\u003c\/a\u003e är ett micro-infusion-system för hemmabruk där serumampullen ansluts direkt till ett stamphuvud med 20 mikronålar. De 0,25 mm långa mikronålarna kombinerar micro-infusion med serumapplicering i samma steg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMIS20 innehåller två Anti-Aging Serum och två Brightening Serum à 5 ml, fyra engångsstampar med 20 mikronålar samt fem återfuktande ansiktsmasker. Anti-Aging Serum är utvecklat med fokus på bland annat fina linjer och elasticitet, medan Brightening Serum har fokus på lyster och en jämnare hudton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTvå behandlingstyper i ett kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen M8S och MIS20 ger dig två separata sätt att arbeta med din hudvårdsrutin. M8S erbjuder justerbar microneedling där både nåldjup och hastighet kan anpassas, medan MIS20 använder ett fast nåldjup på 0,25 mm och applicerar serum genom micro-infusion-stampen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProdukterna bör användas som separata behandlingar enligt respektive produkts användningsanvisningar. Anpassa alltid behandlingsintervall efter nåldjup, hudens reaktion och den metod du använder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSå använder du Dr. Pen M8S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRengör huden noggrant och se till att behandlingsområdet är rent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMontera ett nytt sterilt nålhuvud på Dr. Pen M8S.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStäll in ett lämpligt nåldjup och en lämplig hastighetsnivå för området som ska behandlas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFör pennan jämnt över huden med lätt tryck och följ produktens användningsanvisningar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKassera nålhuvudet efter behandlingen och rengör enheten enligt instruktionerna.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVar noggrann med eftervård och skydda huden mot direkt sol efter behandlingen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSå använder du Dr. Pen MIS20\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRengör ansiktet noggrant och se till att huden är fri från smink och andra produkter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVälj en serumampull och anslut ett nytt MIS20-stamphuvud direkt till ampullen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePressa stamphuvudet försiktigt och jämnt mot huden så att serumet fördelas över behandlingsområdet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApplicera en av de medföljande återfuktande ansiktsmaskerna efter behandlingen och låt den verka i cirka 15–20 minuter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLåt huden vila och undvik att tvätta det behandlade området med vatten under de första 6 timmarna.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKassera stamphuvudet efter användning. Varje stamp är avsedd för en behandling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVem passar Dr. Pen M8S Microneedling \u0026amp; Micro-Infusion Kit för?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKitet passar dig som vill ha flera möjligheter i samma hudvårdsrutin och kunna växla mellan justerbar microneedling och ett färdigt micro-infusion-system. Kombinationen är särskilt intressant för hudvård med fokus på ojämn hudstruktur, fina linjer, minskad elasticitet, glåmig hud och en ojämn hudton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling ska inte utföras på aktivt inflammerad, infekterad eller skadad hud. Använd alltid nya engångsnålar och följ instruktionerna för respektive produkt före användning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen M8S Microneedling \u0026amp; Micro-Infusion Kit ger dig friheten att anpassa hudvårdsrutinen efter hudens behov.\u003c\/strong\u003e Med Dr. Pen M8S för flexibel microneedling och MIS20 med fyra kompletta micro-infusion-behandlingar får du två kompletterande system i ett och samma kit – med fokus på hudstruktur, återfuktning, lyster, elasticitet och en jämnare hudkänsla.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55307518181705,"sku":"M8S-MIS20-KIT","price":2239.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/Dr.PenM8SMicroneedling_Micro-InfusionKit_a19a2013-f4b2-4947-a146-4a5bcc6fb64b.png?v=1789116123"},{"product_id":"dr-pen-a11-microneedling-micro-infusion-kit","title":"Dr. Pen A11 Microneedling \u0026 Micro-Infusion Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A11 Microneedling \u0026amp; Micro-Infusion Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e kombinerar två kompletterande metoder för avancerad hudvård hemma. Kitet innehåller Dr. Pen A11 för justerbar microneedling och Dr. Pen MIS20 Micro-Infusion System med 0,25 mm mikronålar, serum och återfuktande ansiktsmasker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A11 ger dig möjlighet att anpassa nåldjup och hastighet efter behandlingsområde och hudvårdsrutin, medan MIS20 kombinerar micro-infusion och serumapplicering i ett och samma system. Tillsammans får du ett mångsidigt kit med fokus på hudstruktur, lyster, återfuktning, fina linjer och en jämnare hudkänsla.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFördelar med Dr. Pen A11 Microneedling \u0026amp; Micro-Infusion Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTvå kompletterande system för microneedling och micro-infusion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDr. Pen A11 med justerbart nåldjup från 0 till 2,5 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSex hastighetsnivåer och en kraftfull motor på upp till 16 000 varv per minut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrådlös användning med inbyggt 700 mAh-batteri.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMIS20 med 20 mikronålar på 0,25 mm för micro-infusion i hemmet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFyra serumampuller med två olika inriktningar: Anti-Aging och Brightening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFyra engångsstampar och fem återfuktande ansiktsmasker ingår med MIS20.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEtt komplett kit för hudvård med fokus på struktur, lyster, återfuktning och elasticitet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDetta ingår i Dr. Pen A11 Microneedling \u0026amp; Micro-Infusion Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDr. Pen A11\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-a11\"\u003eDr. Pen A11\u003c\/a\u003e är en avancerad microneedling-penna med justerbart nåldjup från 0 till 2,5 mm, sex hastighetsnivåer och en motor med upp till 16 000 varv per minut. Den tydliga LED-displayen gör det enkelt att kontrollera inställningarna, medan det inbyggda 700 mAh-batteriet ger flexibel trådlös användning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A11 levereras med två sterila 18-pin nålhuvuden, stativ, USB-C-kabel, adapter och manual. Nålhuvudena är avsedda för engångsanvändning och ska bytas efter varje behandling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDr. Pen MIS20 Micro-Infusion System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/dr-pen-mis20\"\u003eDr. Pen MIS20\u003c\/a\u003e är ett micro-infusion-system för hemmabruk där en serumampull ansluts direkt till ett stamphuvud med 20 mikronålar. De 0,25 mm långa mikronålarna av 24K guldpläterat rostfritt stål gör det möjligt att kombinera micro-infusion och serumapplicering i samma steg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMIS20 innehåller två Anti-Aging Serum och två Brightening Serum à 5 ml, fyra engångsstampar med 20 mikronålar samt fem återfuktande ansiktsmasker. Anti-Aging Serum är utvecklat med fokus på bland annat fina linjer och elasticitet, medan Brightening Serum har fokus på lyster och en jämnare hudton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTvå behandlingstyper i ett kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDr. Pen A11 och MIS20 ger dig två separata sätt att anpassa din hudvårdsrutin. A11 erbjuder flexibel microneedling där både nåldjup och hastighet kan justeras efter behandlingsområde, medan MIS20 använder ett fast nåldjup på 0,25 mm och kombinerar micro-infusion med direkt serumapplicering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProdukterna används som separata behandlingar enligt respektive produkts användningsanvisningar. Anpassa alltid behandlingsintervall efter nåldjup, hudens reaktion och den metod du använder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSå använder du Dr. Pen A11\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRengör huden noggrant och se till att behandlingsområdet är rent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMontera ett nytt sterilt nålhuvud på Dr. Pen A11.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStäll in ett lämpligt nåldjup och en lämplig hastighetsnivå för området som ska behandlas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHåll pennan vertikalt mot huden och arbeta systematiskt över behandlingsområdet med jämna rörelser.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKassera nålhuvudet efter behandlingen och rengör enheten enligt instruktionerna.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVar noggrann med eftervården och undvik bland annat smink, direkt solljus, bastu och intensiv träning under de första 24 timmarna.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSå använder du Dr. Pen MIS20\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRengör ansiktet noggrant och se till att huden är fri från smink och andra produkter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVälj en serumampull och anslut ett nytt MIS20-stamphuvud direkt till ampullen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePressa stamphuvudet försiktigt och jämnt mot huden så att serumet fördelas över behandlingsområdet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApplicera en av de medföljande återfuktande ansiktsmaskerna efter behandlingen och låt den verka i cirka 15–20 minuter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLåt huden vila och undvik att tvätta det behandlade området med vatten under de första 6 timmarna.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKassera stamphuvudet efter användning. Varje stamp är avsedd för en behandling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eVem passar Dr. Pen A11 Microneedling \u0026amp; Micro-Infusion Kit för?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKitet passar dig som vill ha flera möjligheter i samma hudvårdsrutin och kunna växla mellan justerbar microneedling och ett färdigt micro-infusion-system. Kombinationen är särskilt intressant för hudvård med fokus på ojämn hudstruktur, fina linjer, minskad elasticitet, glåmig hud och en ojämn hudton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMicroneedling ska inte utföras på aktivt inflammerad, infekterad eller skadad hud. Använd alltid nya engångsnålar och följ instruktionerna för respektive produkt före användning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDr. Pen A11 Microneedling \u0026amp; Micro-Infusion Kit ger dig friheten att anpassa hudvårdsrutinen efter hudens behov.\u003c\/strong\u003e Med Dr. Pen A11 för flexibel microneedling och MIS20 med fyra kompletta micro-infusion-behandlingar får du två kompletterande system i ett och samma kit – med fokus på hudstruktur, återfuktning, lyster, elasticitet och en jämnare hudkänsla.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dr. Pen","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55307532468553,"sku":"A11-MIS20-KIT","price":2939.0,"currency_code":"SEK","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0976\/9146\/8105\/files\/Dr.PenA11Microneedling_Micro-InfusionKit.png?v=1789115978"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.drpen.io\/collections\/microneedling.oembed?page=3","provider":"Dr. Pen Official","version":"1.0","type":"link"}